amsterdam europe trip itinerary

We’re on the road right now – join in on the fun and follow @thebrokebackpacker on IG!

• Meet the Team
• Work with Us
• Czech Republic
• Netherlands
• Switzerland
• Scandinavia
• Philippines
• South Korea
• New Zealand
• South Africa
• Budget Travel
• Work & Travel
• The Broke Backpacker Manifesto
• Travel Resources
• How to Travel on $10/day

Home » Europe » Netherlands » Amsterdam

Epic 3-Day Amsterdam Itinerary (2024)

Amsterdam is a city on many traveller’s bucket lists. It’s full of exciting sights, beautiful architecture, and classic European charm. There is an abundance of things to keep you busy during a trip here, and many experiences that are unique to the city!

If you’re planning a trip to Amsterdam and you’re not entirely sure yet what to see or do in the city, this itinerary should be a great help to you! We’ve put together some exciting suggestions for your Amsterdam trip, where to go, must-see spots, and even a few free things to do in Amsterdam!

While there may be too many things to see and do on just one short trip to Amsterdam, we hope you’re ready for a jam-packed itinerary on your trip to the city.

Of course, you can always head out and explore the city spontaneously, but if you’re on a short trip you risk missing out on some of the best spots. This 3-day Amsterdam trip planner has the best of the best and is organised into an order that should allow you to see it all and really enjoy your time there.

And if you can stay a bit longer, we’ve added in some extra cool places at the end as well!

Let’s have a look…

A Little Bit about this Amsterdam Itinerary

Where to stay in amsterdam, amsterdam itinerary day 1: coffee, views and culture, amsterdam itinerary day 2: arts and weed, amsterdam itinerary day 3: ferry rides and parks, what to do with more than 3 days in amsterdam, best time to visit amsterdam, plan a trip to amsterdam – what to prepare, faq on amsterdam itinerary, final thoughts.

Whether you’re flying straight into the city for a short trip, or you’re backpacking in Amsterdam , there are so many things to see and do!

While you can do a lot of walking around the different neighbourhoods, it may take you a while to get from one to another on foot. Most Mokummers (or Amsterdammers) travel by bike , and for this reason, public transport is not as reliable as one would hope. 

That’s why it’s important to stay in the right area. Luckily, most of Amsterdam’s epic hostels are located in the ideal neighbourhood to explore the city. They might even offer free bikes that you can make use of!

You can travel by bus or tram through the city too. Buying a transport pass will save you some money. Alternatively, you can rent a bike for the duration of your stay, and look like a real local! 

While getting from one stop to the next, really try not to rush things and rather enjoy the beautiful city with its parks, cute alleys and canals. We’ve planned each day to be entertaining but not overpacked, so there’s always time to stop at a little coffee shop or chill along one of the beautiful canals here and there.

Unlock Our GREATEST Travel Secrets!

Sign up for our newsletter and get the best travel tips delivered right to your inbox.

3-Day Amsterdam Itinerary Overview

• Day 1 in Amsterdam: Jordaan District , Anne Frank House , Westertoren Tower , A’Dam Lookout , Brouwerij ‘t IJ , Heineken Experience , Red Light District
• Day 2 in Amsterdam: Museumplein , Rijksmuseum , Van Gogh Museum , Hash Marijuana & Hemp Museum , Cannabis Coffeeshop , Canal Cruise , Leidseplein
• Day 3 in Amsterdam: Ferry to Amsterdam North , House of Bols , Stroll a Park , Dam Square
• More Places to See in Amsterdam: Ouderkerk aan de Amstel , Foodhallen , OT301

With Amsterdam City Pass , you can experience the best of Amsterdam at the CHEAPEST prices. Discounts, attractions, tickets, and even public transport are all standards in any good city pass – be sure invest now and save them $$$ when you arrive!

Amsterdam is quite small but full of diverse and interesting neighbourhoods. The entire city is divided into 8 districts, each of which has its own neighbourhood divisions. Choosing a place to stay in Amsterdam is probably a question of what kind of visit you want.

For example, there are quite a lot of hostels right inside the red light district and in fact, some of the best hostels in Amsterdam are here. However, it can be loud and raucous and some find the surrounding temptations hard to resist.

Most visitors find the Old Centrum district the easiest and most convenient place to stay. You can reach anything and everything from here. It’s perfect whether you’re looking to shop, go on a canal cruise, or explore a museum or three. Old Centrum is also home to the infamous Red Light District, for those who are intrigued. There are also loads of the Best Airbnbs in Amsterdam in this location.

A slightly less touristy neighbourhood would be Oud Oost. This is the ideal place to find accommodation if you’d like to immerse yourself in the life of locals. While there aren’t as many tourist attractions to be found in the neighbourhood itself, you’ll be close enough to the Old Centrum district to enjoy the activities there.

With so many things to do in Amsterdam , you should be sure to stay somewhere where you can get to all the sights easily and quickly.

Best Hostel in Amsterdam – St Christopher’s at the Winston

With so many amazing hostels to be found in Amsterdam, it can be hard to pick a favourite. This is one that really stands out though. Its central location, beer garden, and cheap continental breakfasts put this hostel at the top of the list. They also give food and drink discounts for nearby bars and restaurants!

Best Airbnb in Amsterdam – Best Amstel View

For a novel stay in Amsterdam, what could be better than renting a private houseboat? This cool Airbnb can sleep up to seven people in three bedrooms (plus a sofa bed in the living room). The comfy living room provides incredible views over the water, and you can sit and chill on the outside deck too. There’s a long dining table and a well-equipped kitchen, as well as a separate toilet and the main bathroom.

Best Budget Hotel in Amsterdam – Hotel Plantage

Located in the heart of Amsterdam this hotel offers brilliantly green views of the city. With many fascinating attractions and landmarks, you’ll be positioned perfectly to enjoy Amsterdam. Free WIFI, comfy rooms, and all necessary amenities will ensure you experience a pleasant, but affordable stay.

Best Luxury Hotel in Amsterdam – Andaz Amsterdam Prinsengracht

Flowing with luxury from the inside out, Andaz Amsterdam is the most elegant place to stay in this magnificent city. The beautifully designed rooms, all boasting modern comforts, are sure to make you want to stay in all day. The convenient location makes this one of the best hotels in Amsterdam to enjoy the best of your visit.

You can also check out all the best VRBOs in Amsterdam !

The first day of your 3 days in Amsterdam is packed with all sorts of things. From exploring famous districts to some short physical activity (nothing too bad, we promise!), a bit of culture and beer tasting.

For all the curious people, we’ve added in the Red Light District at the end of Day 1, but if that’s not your thing, you can skip it!!

Every map that you see in this article includes a hyperlink to an interactive version on Google Driving. After clicking the map image, the interactive version will be opened in a new tab.

8:30 AM – Explore Jordaan District

The Jordaan district is a culturally-rich area of the city is possibly the best place to start your Amsterdam travel adventure.

Spend your morning strolling down the beautifully decorated streets. Enjoy the colourful architecture on one side and the picturesque canals on the other! There are little shops along the streets too, where you can find charming Dutch souvenirs!

There are plenty of markets to be found in the neighbourhood, as well as some charming old churches.

It’s also one of the best food spots in Amsterdam! If you need your coffee fix in the morning and tasty breakfast, you’ll find loads of cute little cafes in Jordaan District. We’d recommend stopping at Paradox Coffee Shop, one of the best-reviewed cafes in the area. Make sure to eat enough so you’re full for the next couple of hours of explorations.

• Cost  – Free
• How long should I stay here?   1 hour max
• Getting there –  Bike/Metro/Walk, depending on where you stay.

9:00 AM – See the Anne Frank House

If you haven’t yet heard of Anne Frank or her diary, you should definitely do some quick research before your Amsterdam trip. She was a young teen when her family had to go into hiding from the invading Nazis.

Long story short, Anne wrote a diary detailing her family’s time living in this confined attic space. The Anne Frank House is the very place where they hid away and lived for almost 4 years before being captured and tragically dying at a concentration camp!

The house is one of the more popular tourist spots, and it’s definitely a place that everyone should see at least once! However, it’s known to get quite busy and crowded.

Inside the museum, you’ll be told the story of Anne Frank and Amsterdam under Nazi Occupation. The way their lives were during those times, and what exactly happened in that attic. It can be quite an emotional activity, and it is definitely an educational trip, but it’s also a must-see attraction on your 3-days in Amsterdam itinerary.

Take a self-guided audio tour so you really get to grips with what happened here.

• Cost  – $5-12 USD
• How long should I stay here?   1-2 hours max
• Getting there –  It’s in walking distance from Stop 1

11:30 AM – Climb the Westertoren Tower

After a slightly sobering visit to the Anne Frank House, cheer yourself up a bit with some exercise and extraordinary views of Amsterdam! The tower is incredibly close to the Anne Frank House, in fact, Anne wrote about watching the tower out of the Annex’s window.

The Westertoren (or Westerkerk) Tower provides an incredible viewpoint from its platform, located about halfway up the tower. The only way to reach the platform is by climbing a winding spiral staircase, and then a set of ladder-like steps!

As such, it’s quite an active experience so you should be reasonably fit and mobile. Children younger than 6 are not allowed to do the tour.

You can’t go up yourself, so you’ll need to book a guided tour. These run every 30 minutes and are in groups of about 6 – 10 people. The guides are local university students, that speak impeccable English, and know their city well!

• Cost  – $9
• How long should I stay here?   30 Mins
• Getting there –  It’s in walking distance

12:30 PM – Enjoy the Views at A’Dam Lookout & Swing Over the Edge!

We’re not done seeing this city from the sky yet! With so much going on, sometimes higher up is the best place to be. You can pretty much see all of Amsterdam from this panoramic-view deck. If this is the only thing you manage to do while visiting the city, it would be worth it!

The A’Dam offers more than just some quiet reflecting over the city, though. The main attraction here is the Over The Edge swing! This recently opened attraction is the newest and possibly most exciting way to get a bird’s-eye view of this wondrous Dutch city.

The Over The Edge swing is Europe’s highest swing! It sits on A’Dam Lookout’s deck at 20 storeys high! Not only will you be able to enjoy 360-degree views of the city, but you’ll get your heart pumping and adrenaline flowing with this (literal) over the edge swing!

• Cost  – $5-15 USD
• How long should I stay here?  30min – 1 hour
• Getting there –  Take your Bike!

3:00 PM – Stop Off at Brouwerij ‘t IJ

Let your feet touch the ground and guide you straight to Brouwerij ‘t IJ. You can take a 20-minute cycle from the A’Dam Lookout, alternatively, hop on public transport or order an Uber. It’s just under 5km distance, so if you’re feeling fit you can walk it too!

However you decide to arrive, you will be rewarded when you get there! Brouwerij ‘t IJ is a small brewery on the IJ (pronounced ‘eye’) River. It produces certified organic beer and sits at the foot of a stunning windmill. Making it the perfect spot for an afternoon stop.

You can book a guided group tour (private tours are also available, but costly!) and see the ins and outs of a working brewery. Then, settle down to a beer tasting and/or pairing experience! The bar is open for those who wish to chill a little longer and enjoy full-size beers.

Once you’re done, make sure to cross the road and try some of the best ice creams in Amsterdam at De Ijsmolen (The Ice Cream Shop). It’ll make your stomach happy, cool you down after all those beer tastings and maybe even sober you up a bit.

• Cost  – $7.30 USD
• How long should I stay here?  1-2 hours
• Getting there –  Bike/Uber/Public Transport

4:30 PM – Get the Full Heineken Experience

While our morning was all about viewpoints, our afternoon is pretty much all about beer! Something Amsterdammers actually know quite a bit about.

Set in Heineken’s first-ever brewery, The Heineken Experience is a top attraction in Amsterdam. Run by local Amsterdammers, the tour offered will not only give you insights into Heineken’s past, and how they became the much-loved beer that they are now but will also let you see how it is made.

While the actual brewery was closed down years ago, due to it being too small for demand, it has been transformed into an epic beer experience. You can take a group guided tour, or set off on your own self-guided tour of the brewery. After the tour everyone sits down for a Heineken or two and a few laughs!

Once you’ve had enough of beer, head to dinner at one of the fabulous restaurants in Amsterdam and recharge so you’re ready for the last stop of the day. Just keep your hands off garlic if possible. You’ll see why…

Be sure to snap up tickets before you go and take a guided tour around the facilities.

• Cost  – $26.40 + 2 free beer
• Getting there –  Take the Ferry!

8:00 PM – Discover the Red Light District

The Red Light District may have a controversial reputation, but it is definitely an interesting place to experience.

Also known as De Wallen, this neighbourhood is internationally known for its openly tolerated brothels, sex shops, and even its lenient drug laws. This is one neighbourhood where the darker (or more fun) side of humanity is allowed to roam free.

The Dutch have allowed this district to keep running, with soft laws, and it works! It’s also a fantastic tourist spot, because where else can you be sure to see a museum of prostitution or a sex peep show?!

Whether you visit for the more hardcore places, or simply to see what all the fuss is about, visiting the Red Light District is a must on your 3-day Amsterdam itinerary if you’re looking to fully experience the city!

If you want to check out this area but you’re a little unsure or you want to learn a bit more about the history of the Red Light District, why not take a guided walking tour instead.

• Cost  – Free unless you go into Clubs… expensive if you do!!
• How long should I stay here?  Up to you…
• Getting there –  Take public transport in case you want to have a drink.

Wanna know how to pack like a pro? Well for a start you need the right gear….

These are packing cubes for the globetrotters and compression sacks for the  real adventurers – these babies are a traveller’s best kept secret. They organise yo’ packing and minimise volume too so you can pack MORE.

Or, y’know… you can stick to just chucking it all in your backpack…

Day two is going to start nice and slow. After a tasty coffee, we’re going to fresh up your art knowledge by checking out some of the most famous museums in Amsterdam. Afterwards, you’ll experience what Amsterdam is mainly known for among young travellers: coffee shops and weed!

9:00 AM – Check Out the Rijksmuseum

This fantastic museum is home to many famous artists’ paintings and artwork. It also has an impressive research library, as well as other exhibitions and displays.

The exhibitions constantly change, so be sure to check out online what’s being showcased during your visit.

You can organise a private or group guided tour, or simply browse through the galleries at your own leisure once you’ve got your tickets .

If you’re an art lover, you might already know about this museum as it showcases classic paintings like Rembrandt’s “The Night Watch”.

If you haven’t had breakfast yet, the Rijksmuseum cafe (also called Groot Cafe) has some of the best and most delicious breakfasts in the area.

• Cost  – $22.50 USD
• How long should I stay here?  2 hour
• Getting there –  Walk from Rijksmuseum.

11:30 AM – Visit the Van Gogh Museum

Thanks to the famous Van Gogh’s Dutch heritage, this museum is one of Amsterdam’s most well-known. It is also home to one of the largest collections of his works!

See the well-known painter’s drawings, letters, and (of course) some of his most famed paintings. There are also displays that change often and show other pieces that influenced Van Gogh’s works.

Thanks to this museum being so popular, it can get really busy! So, expect a few crowds and embrace the experience. The time of day doesn’t really make much of a difference to how busy it gets. However, doing this visit before lunchtime will probably mean slightly fewer crowds.

To visit the Van Gogh museum, you must buy your tickets online beforehand . The website shows time slots and days that are available. You won’t be able to buy tickets when you get there, so go prepared!

If you fancy yourself a painter, you can join one of the walk-in workshops while you’re there and try your hand at painting a masterpiece!

Insider Tip:  If it’s raining – especially during the weekend – the museum is bound to be extra busy, so avoid visiting over this time, or come prepared to deal with the crowds!

• Cost  – Around $22 USD
• How long should I stay here?  2 hours
• Getting there –  In walking distance from Spot 2.

2:00 PM – Discover the Hash, Marijuana & Hemp Museum

Cannabis enthusiasts will fall in love with this museum, which is dedicated to all things Cannabis Sativa L. There is an Amsterdam branch as well as a branch in Barcelona too. The building in Amsterdam, however, is the oldest Cannabis museum in the world, also thought to be the most important!

The museum has various displays showing the history and use of hemp, hash, and Marijuana. From early Japanese hemp clothing to Christopher Columbus’ connection with Cannabis, you can learn more about the different uses of hemp and hash throughout the years. All very educational!

Visit both of the two venues that make up the museum – a hash and marijuana venue with a Cannabis garden, and an industrial hemp museum. Together, these venues hold over 12 000 objects relating to Cannabis.

• Cost  – $10 USD
• How long should I stay here?  1 hour
• Getting there –  Take your bike or public transport.

3:00 PM – Experience an Amsterdam Cannabis Coffeeshop

There are many designated coffee shops in Amsterdam where you can go to buy and smoke weed. While this is somewhat of a controversial topic in places, it’s also one of the biggest tourist attractions to the city!

It’s important to note that coffee shops are different from koffiehuises and cafes. A coffee shop is the only place you’re going to find Mary-Jane on the menu. In many of the shops, you can bring your own and smoke – but it’s only legal to buy from the coffeeshops so the smartest thing to do is buy off their menu.

To find a licensed seller, look for the green and white sticker on their window. You won’t find joints on sale in an ordinary cafe or koffiehuis.

The strains and potency of the weed are not regulated in Amsterdam, so be careful when smoking – try out small amounts at a time. It’s also a great idea to share with a group! Cannabis can be a great way to make friends.

If you’re a little unsure about the ins and outs of visiting a coffee shop, why not take a guided walking tour , which includes an optional joint, it’s a great way to get some more information whilst making you feel totally comfortable.

• Cost  – Can vary between $7-$13 USD per gram
• How long should I stay here?  Up to you!
• Getting there –  You can easily find a shop in walking distance.

4:00 PM – Enjoy a Relaxing Canal Cruise

Something that everyone should do at least once in Amsterdam, is a canal cruise! Leaving this activity for last means that you’ll enjoy the sun setting over the city. This makes for some idyllic views.

The evening cruise lasts approximately 90 minutes, and an audio guide is provided in your preferred language (they have 21 options). You’ll hear the history of Amsterdam, how it came to be the magnificent city it is today, and how it continues to thrive.

This is the perfect end to a busy day, and after the cruise, you can easily make your way to one of the nearby restaurants to enjoy a lovely meal.

If you’re here during the busy season you might want to pre-book your cruise to be sure you get it at the right time for sunset or dinner.

Insider Tip:  This is actually quite an activity to do right after visiting one of the coffee shops! (If you know what we mean!)

• Cost  – $25 USD
• How long should I stay here?  1.5-2 hours
• Getting there –  If you’re close to the canal, the next station will be in walking distance.

6:00 PM – Explore Leidseplein

Get ready to party with the locals at Leidseplein! This square comes alive at night, offering up a host of nightclubs, bars, and other fun-loving spots. There are 100s of restaurants in and surrounding the square, and some great international food to be found!

For those who are into betting, there’s a casino in the area as well. Arguably, though, the biggest highlight of the area is the assortment of live music found at various establishments.

It’s also not too far away from the Central district, and public transport runs through to the other districts as well, so you won’t have any hassle getting back to your hotel! This is the best way to end your Amsterdam visit if you only have 2 days in Amsterdam.

• Cost  – Depends on your consume.
• How long should I stay here?  2-3 hours
• Getting there –  Take Public Transport/Uber so yo can have a few drinks!

If you’ve booked 3 days in Amsterdam (or perhaps even more!) then you’ve got the perfect opportunity to view some of the lesser-known Amsterdam attractions. While the city caters well for the throngs of tourists it receives each year, there are many more things that you should take a look at.

9:00 AM – Take a Ferry to Amsterdam North

Don’t be one of ‘those’ tourists! You know, the ones that never leave the central district. It can be tempting – since most of the sights are right there! Trust us, though, you should see the Northern districts if you’re staying for longer than a day or two.

The ferries to the Noord are an experience unlike most. Firstly, the majority of them are completely free! They allow bicycles and mopeds to be taken on as well, so you have your transport ready for exploring on the other side.

There is no booking, no tickets, and no fuss! Amsterdam’s northern districts are full of delightful spots for a small bite to eat and a refreshing drink. Or you can take a short trip up to the nearby nature reserve, where you can take in gorgeous views of the landscape, and the windmill!

While you’re there, you should really check out the pancake boat. This is a small cruise boat that takes you down the IJ River while serving you an all-you-can-eat pancake buffet!

• Cost  – Free!
• Getting there –  Use maps to find the closest station!

11:30 AM – Enjoy a Tour of the House of Bols

The Bols family were celebrated Dutch spirit-makers and alcohol sellers who left quite a legacy. Located centrally to all the exciting happenings in Amsterdam, you’ll find the House of Bols. This Genever house is both an academy and a museum of sorts.

You can book a self-guided tour through the distillery, which will give you a detailed history of Lucas Bols himself. See how the Bols legacy began, and how it has evolved through the years.

Take a tour through the different rooms in the ‘house’. You’ll make your way through an entire cocktail experience that will ignite your senses. From sight, smell and, of course, taste.

Then you’ll make your way to the ingredient room, which will help you discover the ingredients that go into creating an authentic genever. Afterwards, pay a visit to the Genever Room, and learn more about the history of Genever itself.

Then, finally, it’s time for one of the skilled bartenders to create your choice of cocktails. Enjoy it slowly with your group in the mirror bar. Once you’ve finished your drink, you’ll get a crash course in bartending, and will have the chance to make your very own cocktail!

• Cost  – $18
• Getting there –  Take a bike and enjoy the city views.

1:30 PM – Stroll through a Park or Two

Amsterdam is home to more than 30 parks and gardens – each one as majestic as the next! These green oases are perfect for a break from city life. You’ll find parks both big and small, as well as many extraordinary Botanical Gardens.

If you’ve already managed to view and visit the big tourist attractions throughout the city, your next move should definitely be a picnic in the park.

During fair weather months, you may even catch some live music, or a festival bringing one of the parks to life! These are sure to get you in the spirit and are a great way to meet other travellers and locals.

Many of the parks are also fantastic places to hop on board a gondola and enjoy one (or more!) of the famous canal cruises that we keep talking about!

• Getting there –  Walk or take your bike!

3:30 PM – Check Out Dam Square

The city square, known as The Dam, is home to many famed Amsterdam attractions. Places such as the Royal Palace, New Church and Madame Tussauds are all around the square. You can easily walk from one attraction to the next, and manage to see them all in a day!

The square is also close to the Red Light District and offers many cannabis coffeeshops along its streets. Visit one of these and experience the smokier side of Amsterdam. The Red Light District offers up its own itinerary of interesting fun.

You can also go for a canal cruise from nearby, making this the best spot to start a day of exploring! Since there are so many things to do and see, it’s best if you dedicate a large portion of your day to The Dam.

If you’re in town during one of the festivals or special days, you’ll see the square light up with excitement and transform into what seems like another world! The best and most popular festival is probably King’s Day, which is celebrated every April.

• Getting there –  Public Transport/Bike is the most efficient way.

Need a place quick? Here’s the best neighborhood in Amsterdam

Westerpark is close enough to the city centre to make exploring a breeze, yet just far enough away to offer a more chilled out stay making it the best place to stay in Amsterdam for first-time visitors.

• Admire the artistic works at Museum Het Schip.
• Relax at Het Stenen Hoofd, an urban beach that’s popular with locals.
• Sample local beers at De Prael brewery and Troost.

Did you fall in love with the city? Don’t worry, we don’t blame you! We’ve listed up a couple of other awesome places that you might want to check out if you’ve got more than 3 days in Amsterdam. 

Visit Ouderkerk Aan de Amstel

This quaint little village sits just outside Amsterdam. You can reach the village easily by bike, bus, or boat! Or, if you prefer, you can take a drive out; either with a rental car or by ordering an Uber.

There are many groups that cycle together from Amsterdam to Ouderkerk Aan de Amstel, but the boat ride up the Amstel River is just as scenic! You could also opt for an early morning cycle, and then go back to the city in an open boat – weather permitting!

There is quite a surprising number of things to do in the village! From checking out the beautiful windmill at the bottom of the village to trying out some traditional Dutch cuisine in one of the many restaurants dotted along the river bank.

Mostly, strolling through the cobbled streets and greeting the friendly locals is an experience on its own! The village offers a delightful break away from human chattering and car motors and lets you sit in wonder while listening to the birds sing.

• Getting there –  Preferably by boat, but Uber works too.

If you love food, and who doesn’t, then this is the best place in Amsterdam. In this neighbourhood, you’ll find everything you’ve ever wanted to eat from dim sum to pizza and doughnuts. This area was once an old tram depot, so it has plenty of history behind it. But it’s now filled with food stores that offer some of the best snacks in the city.

Take your appetite and go from stall to stall in this area. Try everything that peaks your fancy and take your food to one of the outside benches and watch the crowds while you eat. When you’re full, there are several shops and boutiques selling clothes, ornaments and other goods that you can browse in.

And as is the norm with Amsterdam, the shops are all quirky and unique, so make sure you enjoy the atmosphere while you’re there.

• Cost  – Free to visit
• Getting there –  Easy to reach by Public Transport

Chances are that you’ve never seen anything like the alternative music scene in Amsterdam. This is a city that prides itself on being different from everyone else, and that’s definitely reflected in the music at this venue. Run by volunteers, this is the best place to hear some of Amsterdam’s up and coming musical talent. And the location is actually a legal squat, which makes it all the more interesting and unusual.

Chances are that you’ve never seen anything like the alternative music scene in Amsterdam. This is a city that prides itself on being different from everyone else, and that’s definitely reflected in the music at this venue.

• Cost  – It really depends on the night.
• How long should I stay here?  Up to you
• Getting there –  Grab an Uber!

Stash your cash safely with this money belt. It will keep your valuables safely concealed, no matter where you go.

It looks exactly like a normal belt  except for a SECRET interior pocket perfectly designed to hide a wad of cash, a passport photocopy or anything else you may wish to hide. Never get caught with your pants down again! (Unless you want to…)

While it is impossible to say that there is a ‘worst’ time to visit Amsterdam, many have differing opinions on the ‘best’ time to go.

Of course, it depends solely on the type of activities that you enjoy most. Each of the four seasons fully transforms and takes over Amsterdam’s landscapes, and each brings with it a new list of things to do.

Visiting Amsterdam during the winter will mean lots of rain and dreary days. This is also the low tourist season in Amsterdam, which means there will be fewer tourists and cheaper prices. You also might get lucky and see some snow!

The best time to visit Amsterdam is during the spring and autumn i.e. the shoulder months. The weather will be fair, the tourists haven’t arrived in force yet, and prices will be reasonable.

Summer is when the streets of Amsterdam are jam-packed. As such, prices will be higher but Amsterdam is really fun during this time and it’s the best time for taking day trips in Amsterdam due to the longer and warmer days.

While you’re there, why not check out other places in the Netherlands? The country might be small, but there is an incredible amount to explore.

Packing for Amsterdam is like packing for any other European country . Depending on the season, you’ll need shorts & t-shirts or warm things to cover up. Amsterdam can get quite cold during the winter months, so be sure to pack a warm pair of boots and a good jacket. Apart from that, dressing casual and packing the essentials is plenty enough for your Amsterdam trip. When you’re in Northern Europe it’s always best to pack a waterproof jacket too!

OK,  Amsterdam is a relatively safe city.   However, its popularity with tourists – and permissiveness for drugs and sex – can sometimes cause slight chaos. It is arguably the most dangerous city in the Netherlands … which actually isn’t saying much!!

Don’t be alarmed though! The peril is not quite as bad as it may seem. Most of the crime and chaotic disturbances happen in the Red Light District. While many tourists arrive in the city with the decided purpose to visit this notorious district, it’s not advised that you stroll the streets alone at night. Petty theft in this area is pretty common and inebriated tourists are often the victims.

Staying safe everywhere else in Amsterdam is quite easy, actually. Stay vigilant when walking down quiet streets alone. Keep your valuables close to you. Don’t buy any illegal drugs – this is the quickest way to screw up your visit.

Also, don’t fall for scammers. As with any tourist destination, you’re going to find people looking for a quick buck. Stick to your guns and don’t let sob stories or crafty tales cause you to lose valuable exploring money.

And last, but definitely not least, don’t smoke weed anywhere but in a coffee shop. It’s not legal everywhere, and you wouldn’t want to get yourself into trouble in a foreign city.

Don’t Forget Your Travel Insurance for Amsterdam

ALWAYS sort out your backpacker insurance before your trip. There’s plenty to choose from in that department, but a good place to start is Safety Wing .

They offer month-to-month payments, no lock-in contracts, and require absolutely no itineraries: that’s the exact kind of insurance long-term travellers and digital nomads need.

SafetyWing is cheap, easy, and admin-free: just sign up lickety-split so you can get back to it!

Click the button below to learn more about SafetyWing’s setup or read our insider review for the full tasty scoop.

Find out what people want to know when planning their Amsterdam itinerary.

How many days do you need in Amsterdam?

The perfect amount of time to spend in Amsterdam is three days.

What should I avoid in Amsterdam?

Be careful when booking accommodation as often they can be a scam. Check out our guide on where to stay in Amsterdam if you need help with accommodation.

What should I add to my Amsterdam itinerary in the winter?

The Rijksmuseum is one of the top museums in the world and it’s huge, you could easily spend a few hours here, making it the perfect winter activity.

What is a cool thing to do in Amsterdam at night?

One of the coolest, and strangest, things to do at night in Amsterdam is to take a stroll down the Red Light district. It is certainly an eye-opener…and not suitable for children.

Ready for your Amsterdam adventure yet? We bet you are! This city is indeed a fast-growing commercialised tourist spot but it’s still a wondrous place to visit. Between the natural beauty, the spectacular architecture, and the great cultural vibes, it’s a city that everyone should see at least once.

Spend a fast-paced weekend in Amsterdam, or book a longer, slower stay – it’s up to you! It may work out a bit too expensive to spend more than 3 days in Amsterdam, but there is always the option to stay in a neighbouring village. Many locals cycle from these villages to the city centre, so it can’t be that hard!

However long you do decide to stay, be sure to tick off the must-see attractions so that you leave with no regrets!

And for transparency’s sake, please know that some of the links in our content are affiliate links . That means that if you book your accommodation, buy your gear, or sort your insurance through our link, we earn a small commission (at no extra cost to you). That said, we only link to the gear we trust and never recommend services we don’t believe are up to scratch. Again, thank you!

Mathilde Magnier

Share or save this post

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me of followup comments via e-mail.

The Perfect 4 to 5 Days in Amsterdam Itinerary

Last Updated on February 26, 2024

by Olivia Ellis

Disclaimer: This article contains affiliate links. That means if you click a link and make a purchase, we may make a small commission. As an Amazon Associate we earn from qualifying purchases. For more information, see our privacy policy.

Planning out the perfect 4 to 5 days in Amsterdam itinerary is a highlight of mapping out a trip to Western or Northern Europe. As one of the most visited cities in Europe, it’s no surprise why – from its picturesque canals to some of the world’s best museums, restaurants, a vibrant history, and a laid-back, open-minded attitude.

Amsterdam is truly a city where classic and modern combine to make such an atmospheric city and where wandering the streets and passing the many bicycles of the city while catching scents of stroopwafel is a joy.

Table of Contents

How Many Days in Amsterdam?

While many people just visit Amsterdam for a weekend getaway, I think that it’s a disservice to the city as there’s an abundance of things to explore and places to visit beyond a 2-day trip.

Even just extending your trip to 3 days in Amsterdam, you’ll have the opportunity to go a bit beyond the typical tourist path and route, giving a more holistic experience of this spirited Dutch city.

4 days is even more ideal as you’ll have more time to do the city justice, exploring further into local culture and getting to know the city off the beaten path.

Finally, if you have the opportunity and time to spend 5 days, you’re in for a treat. While 4 days in Amsterdam is sufficient to explore the city to the best extent, it is still very much a touristy city with a different pace of life compared to the rest of the country.

With 5 whole days, you’ll have the time to visit a neighboring city such as Utrecht or Rotterdam by just a short train journey, giving a full taste of the country.

And if you’re wondering the best time to visit Amsterdam, keep in mind that it is a thriving city that attracts visitors year-round. For the best weather (and the most crowds) the summer months can be ideal. However, if you want to see the city decked out for the holidays, visiting in the winter can be a great choice, as well.

Getting To & Around Amsterdam

As one of the largest airports globally, Amsterdam Schiphol Airport receives flights from both European and international destinations, serving as the point of arrival for air travel.

From the airport to the city center, Schiphol Airport is just 17 km away from Amsterdam Centraal Train Station and can be easily reached by direct train transport in just around 15 minutes with frequent train services. There are also shuttle buses from the airport.

If you’re planning on visiting other destinations in the country, Amsterdam Centraal Train Station has frequent connections to most cities as well as train services to other European destinations, with high-speed rail such as Eurostar. You can find trains to Amsterdam from cities like Paris , London , Brussels and more. You can view schedules here .

Another option if you’re looking to save money and pass on train transportation, is to take a bus, as there are convenient and affordable bus transportation options throughout the Netherlands along with bus transport to other nearby countries.

Flixbus is the best option, as prices are low and buses are comfortable and on time, journeys can be booked here.

As for getting around the city, the center is quite walkable and a pleasure to explore by foot, getting lost in the nooks and crannies.

For a local mode of transport, Amsterdam is the bike capital of the world, and wandering the city by bike is the perfect way to experience the city like a local, albeit with a touch of courage!

If you prefer public transportation or are keen to explore outside of the city center, there is comprehensive and efficient public transportation consisting of buses, trams, metro, and ferries.

Single tickets for public transportation can be purchased from ticket vending machines in the city, but to save money, I suggest getting an OV-chipkaart card , which is a rechargeable card that can be used on all modes of public transportation.

You can also purchase an Amsterdam City Card that includes entry to many attractions and public transport if you plan on visiting a number of sights in the city and can keep your costs down in Amsterdam .

4 to 5-Day Amsterdam Itinerary

This route will bring you through the main sights of the city center and into the city’s art, culture, and delicious food scene.

There is much more than its infamous Red Light District and this itinerary will highlight that.

Day 1 – Amsterdam Main Sightseeing

The first day of this itinerary focuses on some of the main attractions in central Amsterdam. You can take a walking tour to learn more about the history of the city with a tour guide.

There’s no better place to start your day than in Dam Square. Quite literally in the center of the city, Dam Square positions you in the ideal spot to begin exploring.

Dam Square is a historical and cultural landmark of Amsterdam that has been an important gathering place for locals and visitors for centuries, with important monuments encircling the square such as the Royal Palace, the National Monument, and the Nieuwe Kerk (New Church).

Royal Palace (​​Koninklijk Paleis)

Of all the monuments surrounding Dam Square, the monument most worth visiting is the Royal Palace of Amsterdam.

The palace was built in the 17th century as a city hall, later becoming a royal palace in the early 19th century, and now serves as a venue for state visits, official receptions, and is open for visitors to witness this impressive example of Dutch classical architecture and its rich history and culture.

The Royal Palace of Amsterdam regularly hosts exhibitions, showcasing a variety of art, history, and culture. These exhibitions provide a unique perspective on different aspects of Dutch history and society, making it a great starting point for your time in Amsterdam.

The Royal Palace is open to visitors almost every day of the year, except for some holidays and official events. The opening hours can vary depending on the season, so it’s important to check the opening hours beforehand. You can book tickets here .

Wander Amsterdam Canals

Wandering the canals of Amsterdam is an essential part of any travel itinerary in this beautiful city. The picturesque waterways, lined with charming buildings and quaint bridges offer a unique perspective on the city’s history and culture and why it’s such a popular and timeless destination.

A great spot to begin is The Singel Canal, which is one of the oldest canals that make up the network of canals in Amsterdam. Afterwards, make your way to The Brouwersgracht (Brewers’ Canal) to enjoy one of Amsterdam’s most scenic and picturesque places.

This is also the perfect time of day to sit at one of the quaint cafes lining the canalled streets to watch local life go by and enjoy a coffee or a local Dutch beer.

De Negen Straatjes (The Nine Streets District) & Stroopwafel

The Nine Streets District of Amsterdam is a charming neighborhood located in the heart of the city’s historic canal belt.

The district is named after the nine narrow streets that run through it, which are lined with a diverse range of shops, cafes, and restaurants, as well as historic buildings and picturesque canals.

The Nine Streets District is an ideal part of the city to take in local life, enjoy stunning surroundings, and enjoy the classic Dutch treat, stroopwafel, at the oldest bakery in the city, Hans Egstorf.

Day 2 – Canal Boat, Amsterdam Museums and Culture

Canal boat tour.

Day 2 will begin with a different perspective of the city than day 1, by heading out on a canal cruise.

By taking a canal boat tour of the city, you’ll be treated to a unique perspective on the city’s history and architecture, as well as the chance to see some of the city’s most famous landmarks from a different angle.

During a canal tour, you can expect to see some of Amsterdam’s most iconic sights as well as the charming canal houses that line the waterways and enjoy some unique views of the city.

You’ll also pass under historic bridges and through picturesque neighborhoods, providing a unique glimpse into the city’s culture and daily life. Some options include this 1-hour cruise or this luxury option.

Albert Cuyp Market

After seeing the city by boat, make your way to the vibrant De Pijp neighborhood to one of the most popular open-air street markets in Amsterdam, Albert Cuypmarkt.

Since the 19th century, Albert Cuypmarkt has been the go-to spot for locals and tourists searching for a wide variety of goods for sale, including fresh produce, clothing, and souvenirs. It also operates as a beautiful flower market where you can purchase iconic tulips in season.

The Albert Cuypmarkt is the perfect spot to enjoy the lively local atmosphere of the city, taste some classic Dutch food, and pick up a souvenir from your time in Amsterdam.

Rijksmuseum

Amsterdam is a city steeped in history, art, and culture and the best way to learn more about this part of Amsterdam and Dutch history/art is to spend time at one of the most popular museums in the city.

Because of the density the top museums in the city, I suggest dedicating a large portion of your day to time at the museum(s) of your choice.

The most visited museum in the Netherlands, The Rijksmuseum, is the largest museum of art and history in the country.

Its extensive collection includes over one million objects, spanning over 800 years of Dutch art and history, and is known for its famous works of art from the Dutch Golden Age, including Rembrandt’s Night Watch and Vermeer’s Milkmaid. You can book tickets in advance here or organise a guided tour here .

Van Gogh Museum

The Van Gogh Museum is another wonderful option for a museum visit in Amsterdam. The Van Gogh Museum is a museum dedicated to the life and works of the Dutch painter Vincent van Gogh.

The museum features the largest collection of his paintings and drawings in the world, as well as a deeper look into the life of Vincent Van Gogh. You can book tickets in advance here or organise a guided tour here .

And if you want an experience away from the art museums, then consider spending sometime relaxing in the vast Museumplein Park near both the Van Gogh and Rijksmuseum or heading over to the nearby Heineken Brewery.

In the latter spot, you can book the Heineken Experience where you can learn all about the history of this popular beer and how it’s brewed.

Day 3 – Dutch Food, Bike Tour & Green Amsterdam

Vondelpark & dutch pancakes.

There are plenty of things to do in Amsterdam in 3 days so you certainly won’t be wanting for activities.

A great way to begin day 3 is by enjoying a breakfast made up of poffertjes, which are small and delicious traditional pancakes served with various tasty toppings. A great location is The Pancake Club, a local restaurant near Vondelpark, the next stop on your itinerary.

Vondelpark is a beautiful public park located in the heart of the city, named after the famous poet Joost van den Vondel. The park covers over 47 hectares and is easily one of the most popular outdoor spots in all of Amsterdam.

Known for its beautiful gardens, ponds, and winding paths, Vondelpark is also a popular spot for picnics, concerts, and outdoor festivals during the summer months.

Whether you’re looking to get away from the crowd, spend time biking, or take an opportunity to enjoy a serene time in nature, Vondelpark is a brilliant addition to any Amsterdam itinerary.

Bike Tour or Food Tour

The next stop will either be exploring the city by bicycle tour, or diving deeper into the taste of the local cuisine with a food tour.

Bike tours are a popular way to explore Amsterdam and experience the city like a local. The city is renowned for its bike-friendly infrastructure, with over 800,000 bicycles in the city, and numerous dedicated bike lanes and paths.

There are many different bike tour operators, offering a range of tours to suit your interests.

Some tours focus on the city’s famous landmarks and attractions, while others explore lesser-known neighborhoods and hidden gems. Tours often also include stops at local markets, cafes, and other points of interest. Some of the best options include this 3-hour bike tour or this half-day tour .

Food tours are a great way to explore the city’s culinary scene and sample its diverse range of cuisines. The city is home to a vibrant food culture, with a mix of traditional Dutch dishes and international flavors creating a unique cuisine of Amsterdam.

You’ll find different food tour operators, offering a variety of experiences to suit your interests. Some tours focus on street food, while others visit local markets and food halls.

Tours often also include stops at speciality shops and restaurants giving an insight into Dutch history, and somewhere visitors can sample traditional dishes, such as stroopwafels, herring, and bitterballen. Some of the best-rated options include this food walking tour and this 3-hour tour .

Anne Frank House

In the Jordaan neighborhood, you’ll find one of the most popular attractions in Amsterdam and the Netherlands, the Anne Frank House, a museum dedicated to the life and legacy of Anne Frank, the famous young Jewish girl who hid from the Nazis during World War II.

During your visit, you’ll have the opportunity to visit the museum with exhibits on Anne’s life and legacy, as well as an immersive experience through the secret annex where Anne and her family lived for over two years, which offers a comprehensive look into the harrowing experiences of the Frank family and other victims of the Holocaust.

The Anne Frank House Museum is open every day of the year, except for Yom Kippur and King’s Day, with opening hours varying depending on the season. You can also take a Jewish history walking tour before visiting the Anne Frank House.

Day 4 – Keukenhof Park or Zaanse Schans

If you’re seeing Amsterdam in 4 days, the is is the ideal point to head out of the city to an area near the capital to explore further into the country and Dutch culture.

Keukenhof Park

Few things are more synonymous with the Netherlands than the humble yet colorful tulip flower, and there’s no better place to witness these than at Keukenhof Park.

Also known as the Garden of Europe, Keukenhof Park is a world-famous flower garden located in Lisse, about 40 minutes outside of Amsterdam. The park is home to over 7 million tulips, daffodils, and other flowers, making it one of the largest flower gardens in the world.

During a visit, you can wander through the colorful gardens, admire the floral displays, and learn about the history and cultivation of tulips, the Netherlands’ number one export.

The most convenient way to reach Keukenhof Park is by direct shuttle transport from various points in the city with different bus companies depending on your location in the city. You can book transfers here .

Ticket costs for Keukenhof Park can vary depending on how you arrive, and it is highly recommended to book tickets in advance here .

Unfortunately, tulip season is quite short in the Netherlands, alas Keukenhof Park is only open for a short period each year, typically from late March to mid-May, when the flowers are in bloom.

Zaanse Schans

If you’re visiting out of tulip season, another spot worth visiting outside of the city is Zaanse Schans. Zaanse Schans is a historic neighborhood located in the town of Zaandam, just outside the city.

The neighborhood is known for its well-preserved 18th and 19th-century buildings, including classic wooden houses, windmills, and workshops.

During a visit to Zaanse Schans, you will have the opportunity to explore the neighborhood and learn about traditional crafts such as cheese-making, clog-making, and chocolate-making.

In the area you’ll also find plenty of tulips if you visit in season, making it a great day trip option if you’re keen to see the tulips during your trip but prefer to bypass the high admission cost to Keukenhof Park.

To reach Zaanse Schans, take a 20-minute train from Amsterdam Centraal Station to Koog-Zaandijk Station. From there, you can walk or take the bus to Zaanse Schans for around another 10 minutes. There are also organised day tours available .

Day 5 – Utrecht

If you’re seeing Amsterdam in 5 days, I suggest spending the 5th and final day of your itinerary in the nearby town of Utrecht . Alternatively, you could also easily do a day trip to a place like nearby Haarlem or Gouda if it suits.

Once the most important city in the Netherlands, Utrecht is an important historic city, located approximately 30 minutes south of Amsterdam, known for its beautiful canals, charming tree-lined streets, and rich cultural heritage.

Like Amsterdam, Utrecht is full of canals but without the hordes of tourists stuffing in to catch a picture. This makes Utrecht the perfect day trip from Amsterdam, offering the chance to experience such an idyllic, medieval university city that gives the feeling that you’ve fallen back in time into a fairytale.

Full of green parks, friendly locals, and delicious food and drink finds, Utrecht will only make you wish that you had more time to spend in this welcoming and warm alternative to Amsterdam.

While in Utrecht, make sure to visit the Dom Tower, the tallest church tower in the Netherlands, the Rietveld Schröder House (a UNESCO World Heritage site), and wander around the enchanting medieval city center while indulging in the most deliciously fresh Dutch fries from Frietwinkel, a local Utrecht staple.

Reaching Utrecht from Amsterdam is extremely quick and convenient. Trains run from Amsterdam Centraal to Utrecht Centraal (The Netherlands’ largest train station) just about every 10 minutes, with a journey time of 20-30 minutes depending on the train. You can book trains here .

Where to Stay in Amsterdam

‘t Hotel – This 3-star hotel is situated in a traditional canal house is a perfect place to stay for mid-range visitors to Amsterdam. They have a number of lovely rooms to choose from and an excellent location for exploring all the city has to offer.

Hotel Estheréa – If you’re looking for a luxury stay in Amsterdam, then this hotel is a great option. They have a range of beautiful and plush rooms on offer, a location only 300 meters from Dam Square and plenty of excellent amenities for guests to enjoy.

Amsterdam Jewel Canal Apartments – For those who’d like their own apartment while visiting the Dutch capital, these fully furnished flats are an excellent choice. There are a number of different apartments available and they have a wonderful location for exploring all the city has to offer.

Stayokay Amsterdam Vondelpark – Budget visitors to Amsterdam will love this highly-rated hostel located in the center of the city. They offer both traditional dorms and private rooms, have great common areas for meeting other travelers and there is also breakfast available in the morning.

Not quite what you’re looking for? Click here to browse more Amsterdam hotels!

Amsterdam is one of the most beloved cities in Europe, and whether you’ve found yourself stuck into stroopwafel or enchanted by the tulips at Keukenhof Park, there’s no denying that the city offers a unique blend of history, culture, and charm that continues to draw visitors from all over the world.

Are you planning a trip to Amsterdam? Have any questions about this itinerary? Let us know in the comments!

Related Posts:

One Day in Utrecht Itinerary: A Day Trip from Amsterdam

Amsterdam vs Brussels: Which City to Visit?

Is Amsterdam Expensive? An Amsterdam Trip Cost Guide

About Olivia Ellis

Olivia is a writer for The World Was Here First. Originally from Michigan, USA, she is currently living in Athens, Greece exploring Europe and filmmaking. When she’s not travelling or writing, Olivia can be found cooking delicious new recipes from around the world, reading, and spending time outdoors.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

The Backpacker Network

Amsterdam Itinerary By a Local (1-3 Days)

Amsterdam is one of Europe’s most charming cities, with picturesque canals, historic architecture, and vibrant culture packed into a small and easy-to-navigate city center. If you’re planning on visiting, a pre-prepared itinerary for Amsterdam is your best bet to get the most out of your trip.

Securing tickets in advance for popular attractions like the Anne Frank House or the Van Gogh Museum is critical, leaving you plenty of time to discover hidden gems, cozy cafés, and lesser-known museums at your leisure.

This Amsterdam itinerary will cover all the best tips and tricks for a great visit to the Venice of the North from a local’s perspective – we’ve lived here for a few years already, and definitely have the wisdom to share! Amsterdam truly is a gem of a city, and we’re so excited to share our one-day, two-day, and three-day itineraries with you below.

Related: (opens in new tab)

• Netherlands Backpacking Guide
• Amsterdam Budget Travel Guide
• Backpacking Routes Around Europe

Disclosure: Some links on this page are affiliate links. We always write our articles before checking if affiliate links are available.

How Long Should I Spend in Amsterdam?

We recommend spending at least two days in Amsterdam to see most main sights. A one-day itinerary allows for quick visits to can’t-miss places like the Rijksmuseum or Anne Frank House, and maybe a short canal cruise, while two days allow you to add in a few more cultural gems like the Van Gogh Museum or a morning meandering through the Jordaan neighborhood.

However, three days (or more!) allows you to venture outside the tourist spots and start getting to know the city on a personal level, as well as squeeze in a day trip from Amsterdam to other parts of the Netherlands , which are really easily accessible by train.

A more relaxed stay is ideal, giving you time to indulge in some local cuisine, people-watch for a few hours in local cafés, check out a show or a ballet, and discover a few more of the city’s lesser-known neighborhoods. You’ll go home practically a local!

While biking is the main form of transportation and definitely the easiest way to get around the city, it’s not ideal for everyone. If you’re accustomed to urban biking, you can rent a bike for as little as €10 per day, and many hotels also provide them. With a bike, the city is your oyster. The bike lanes are fabulous and well-maintained, and bike etiquette is largely respected.

However, if you aren’t used to it, consider proceeding with caution – locals cycle very fast and quite aggressively, and the advent of electric bikes can make the pace feel stressful for the uninitiated. 

If you’d rather stick to walking or public transit, never fear – there are tram and metro passes available from the GVB at kiosks around town, and the city center is eminently walkable.

Keep in mind that Dutch weather is infamous for its unpredictability, so be ready to shift your plans around if a storm blows in, and have indoor and outdoor alternatives ready. It’s also best to always have a rain layer with you, no matter the forecast.

Where to Stay in Amsterdam

For an ultra-convenient Amsterdam experience, consider staying in the super-central Canal Ring (Grachtengordel). This area is beautiful, and also super close to major attractions.

For a taste of local life, Jordaan is a charming district within the Canal Ring known for its narrow streets, boutiques, and cozy cafés. Budget-conscious travelers should check out The Flying Pig Downtown Hostel , while those seeking mid-range options may like Hotel Estheréa or Hotel Pulitzer Amsterdam . For a luxurious stay, the Ambassade Hotel or the Waldorf Astoria Amsterdam are both iconic options right along the canals, though the prices are eye-popping.

On that note, keep in mind that even the budget options in the city center are likely to be very pricey, and Amsterdam is a pretty small city, so it’s easy to get here from other places if city center accommodations aren’t in your budget.

On that note, if you’re seeking a trendy and eclectic atmosphere that’s still really close to the center, consider Oud-West. This neighborhood is known for its hip shopping and dining options, like the popular Foodhallen, which has a food hall, a vintage cinema, and fabulous shopping. In Oud-West, budget-conscious travelers can opt for boutique hostels like CityHub Amsterdam , while mid-range options include Hotel De Hallen and The Hoxton Amsterdam .

“The Oud-West area is where we call home, so we may be a bit biased, but it’s our favorite part of the city!”

Another trendy neighborhood in Amsterdam is de Pijp, previously a more bohemian place now popular with expats and visitors. De Pijp is a great place for food enthusiasts, home to the famous Albert Cuyp Market and a variety of international cuisine options. In de Pijp, Ecomama Hostel offers a budget-friendly and eco-conscious option that’s really popular with visitors.

If you’d like something a bit quieter and more laid-back, Oost is a great choice, home to the Dappermarkt and the peaceful Oosterpark, one of our favorite parks. In Oost, the Social Hub Amsterdam City is a fantastic place to meet fellow travelers to organize day trips and nights out.

Again, Amsterdam is a fairly small city, so truly you can’t go wrong where you stay. If you stay further out, in areas like Diemen or Nieuw West, be sure you’re near public transit to make getting into the city center easier.

Recommended Amsterdam Itineraries – 1, 2, 3 Days

1 day, 2 days, or 3 days, day 1 – ‘amsterdam in a nutshell’.

Good morning! Your first stop is the Noordermarkt area. Early risers are rewarded with front-of-the-line spots at SAINT-JEAN, a delicious French-style bakery you’ll never guess is fully vegan.

For something a little heavier, our favorite place to grab traditional appeltaart (Dutch apple pie) in the city is Café Winkel 43, also nearby. It’s generally best to visit right when they open to avoid the massive line, and always ask for the fresh slagroom (whipped cream) on top.

If you’re able to come back later, Noordermarkt has a great local market setup, featuring delicious cheeses, veggie stands, and fresh bread; beautiful textiles, vintage clothes, antiques, and vinyl; hot food, pastries, and more.

If you’re in a hurry, grab a coffee and croissant at Café Sonneveld, Kafenion Amsterdam, or Selma’s centrum location before starting your day at the Anne Frank House. The museum does a wonderful job sharing Frank’s life and dreams with visitors, and it’s truly a very touching and emotional experience to stand in the Secret Annex, where she hid from the Nazis with her family and friends for two years during World War II. Give yourself some time to stand quietly and reflect here, and note that no photos are allowed (strictly enforced).

Here is a general note about museums in Amsterdam, and the Anne Frank House specifically: we strongly recommend booking your tickets as far in advance as you can. For the Anne Frank House, tickets are released exactly three months in advance, so mark your calendar and get your tickets ASAP.

Due to its small size, there are very limited visitor numbers, and once the tickets are gone, they’re gone. You don’t want to miss out on this experience while visiting, it’s an absolute must-see and something you will never forget. We’ve heard of so many people coming to visit that weren’t able to make it there or to other popular museums because tickets sold out, which is such a shame! Definitely book in advance.

If you’re keen to do a canal cruise, there are options from companies like Flagship and LOVERS that depart from right in front of the Anne Frank House, offering different amenities (e.g., wine and cheese, 60-minute, 90-minute, open-air, closed, etc.) starting at around €20.

While undoubtedly a touristy experience, we always recommend this to visitors and even partake in them ourselves from time to time! You’ll get beautiful photos and there’s nothing like seeing the canal houses from the water.

Afterwards, explore the charming Jordaan district, known for its narrow streets and boutique shops. Be sure to leave some space in your suitcase for local vintage finds, and stay on the sidewalk whenever you can – while it’s very cute and cozy, cars and bikes still use these narrow streets. Pop into the Embassy of the Free Mind or Museum Van Loon for great examples of Dutch architecture.

“We also recommend sampling the city’s best fries (in our humble opinion, though this is a loaded question!) at Vlaams Friteshuis Vleminckx!”

Exploring along the nearby Spuistraat, pop into the American Book Center for three jam-packed stories of English-language reads, or enjoy the open-air book markets right outside or other shopping continuing onto the Kalverstraat.

If you’re visiting at the end of April, the Jordaan is where all the Kings’ Day festivities take place, so be sure to bring your orange outfit and get ready to drink a lot of Heineken in celebration of the king’s birthday.

Walk a little further into Dam Square and check out Koninklijk Paleis Amsterdam, the Royal Palace. While the Dutch royal family doesn’t live here (they live in The Hague), the large and splendid building is worth a peek.

There are often demonstrations going on in Dam Square, as well as lots of pigeons, people-watching, and comings and goings. Be aware of pickpockets here. If you have time, there are guided tours of the Royal Palace available to see the beautiful interior.

As you wander around the area, we recommend grabbing a more substantial bite to eat before tackling the afternoon’s museums, as they’re huge and thus not ideal to explore on an empty stomach. A few nice lunch options in the vicinity include Kessens, Maijard Smashburgers, or the Pancake Bakery if you haven’t kicked the breakfast craving yet – the Dutch are famous for their pannenkoeken ! The further west you go (towards Westerkerk along Rozengracht), the less touristy the restaurants get. 

Head over to the Museumplein area. If you only have one day, pack in quick visits to the van Gogh Museum and the Rijksmuseum for a ‘Dutch Art History 101’. The Rijksmuseum is the Dutch national gallery, overflowing with Vermeer, Rembrandt, and other jaw-dropping Dutch Masters alongside innumerable other treasures, housed in a stunning building.

The Van Gogh Museum is located practically right next door and is also a must-see. It’s good to know in advance that Starry Night is not there (it’s at the MOMA in New York ), but it’s a beautiful museum nonetheless and pays a moving homage to van Gogh’s short and tumultuous life.

It’s packed with drawings and other paintings (including many that you’ll surely recognize), as well as original letters and family history – you’ll gain a new appreciation for Vincent, as well as for his brother, Theo, and will surely be touched by how much they loved each other.

If you’re not tired of museums yet, the Stedelijk, a modern art museum, is located next door as well. Nicknamed ‘the bathtub’ due to its distinctive shape, it’s absolutely massive and a very intriguing place well worth a visit.

Note that the tip about advance tickets strongly applies to these museums as well. If you can, it’s best to visit the Rijksmuseum or the Van Gogh on weekdays, right when they open or right before they close – do a bit of research to see which you’d prefer, and book the second for a few hours later, calculating how long you’d like to stay at each. The museums get extremely crowded in the middle of the day, which will certainly impact your enjoyment.

To get some outside time after all those museums, take a stroll through Vondelpark, ‘Amsterdam’s Central Park’, and the green lung of the city, to stretch your legs. Afterwards or while you meander, take in the Oud Zuid area, Amsterdam’s ritziest neighborhood.

If you’d like a snack or a nice biertje (pint), check out Proeflokaal ‘t Blauwe Theehuis, a cute blue pub inside the park. For those of you craving a sweet treat, Miuz Gelato is one of the city’s best, also located near Vondelpark. And, if you love a bit of luxury shopping, the area around Vondel has Gucci, Hermes, and other high-end brands in glittery storefronts.

For dinner, double back to the city center and check out the Leidseplein area for food and a show at Melkweg, DeLaMar, or Internationaal. This is often one of the busiest parts of town and is packed with theaters, restaurants, clubs, and bars. 

If you’re looking to splurge, check out dinner at Momo or the beautiful Art Deco-style Café Americain. Note that there are loads of restaurants here and many (if not most) of them are tourist traps, so be sure to check reviews to help you choose.   

Afterwards, if you’re keen to explore the Red Light District, this is also relatively nearby. Please remember to be respectful of the sex workers – no photos are allowed, and this is strictly enforced. 

Note that in most of the Wallen area, no drinking or smoking is allowed either, though open containers are mostly allowed in the rest of the city. It goes without saying that this area gets very rowdy and is a hotspot for badly behaved tourists, to the point that the city is actively trying to discourage stag parties and large groups from visiting. 

The area isn’t necessarily for everyone, though it can be fun and informative to check out. While here, don’t miss the beautiful Nieuwe Kerk and Oude Kerk, two of the city’s most beautiful churches.

Day 2 – ‘Amsterdam Noord and Westerpark’

Start the second day of your Amsterdam itinerary at the NEMO Science Museum, perhaps having breakfast on its huge rooftop for a great photo op and exploring the various science-based exhibits (though this is a bit more targeted towards children.) 

If you’re keen to check out another museum, the nearby Scheepvaartmuseum (National Maritime Museum) has a super cool replica 18th-century merchant ship that you can walk around inside and the museum gives a great history of the Dutch maritime influence. Next, take a ferry from nearby Centraal Station to Amsterdam Noord. The ferries are free, run frequently, and offer scenic views of the city – you really can’t beat it! 

Cinephiles will love the Eye Filmmuseum’s huge collection of movies and film posters, and don’t miss arguably the best views of the city from its roof. A rival for those seeking the best city views is the nearby A’DAM Lookout. Thrill-seekers will enjoy the ‘Over the Edge’ swing on the rooftop– we recommend purchasing skip-the-line tickets in advance if you’d like to do this, though it is a bit touristy.

Next, head to the NDSM werf (wharf) area, a former industrial area turned creative hub. Check out the super cool street art, an open-air gallery showcasing international and local graffiti. If you want more street art, check out the STRAAT Museum. Many artists and creatives have studios and workspaces in the NDSM area, and several of which are open to the public. 

While here, you can grab a bite to eat or a drink at Pllek, a unique restaurant, nightclub, and cultural venue built from old shipping containers right on the water, or try a great local brewery called Oedipus Brewing. Lastly, if you’re visiting on the second weekend of the month, you’re in for a special treat – Europe’s biggest flea market, the IJ-Hallen, takes place at the NDSM werf, and it’s truly a sight to behold.

When you’re done exploring Noord, take the ferry back across to the Spaarndammerbuurt neighborhood, and check out Westerpark. Begin at the Westergas, a cultural complex housed in a former gasworks building, that often has interactive art exhibits. The Westergasfabriek area has loads of creative spaces, shops, and cafés, and is a great place to grab a bite to eat for lunch.

“We love the beer at local Brouwerij Troost, and their Westergas location often has space for walk-ins and great vegan burgers, fries, and beer flights.”

Next, grab a coffee at Espressofabriek or Bakkerswinkel, or check out Het Schip, a unique expressionist building and museum dedicated to ‘Amsterdam School’ architecture, if that’s your type of thing. Regardless, it’s the perfect time for a stroll through Westerpark, another of Amsterdam’s best green spaces. 

Walk through the park in the direction of the Haarlemmerbuurt. You’ll see an arch that looks a bit like the Arc de Triomphe in Paris, and walking through there, you’ll enter the Haarlemmerdijk, a really cute shopping street. The West-Indisch Huis is a great place for a photo – a historical building with ties to the Dutch West India Company, and if you keep walking along the street, you’ll end up right back in the Canal Zone or at Centraal Station.

Check out the nightlife at one of the many bars in Haarlemmerbuurt. Have a drink at Bar Bukowski or an ice-cold beer at Proeflokaal Arendsnest, which specializes in local Dutch beers. 

“We really recommend visiting at least one brown bar while in town – a traditional type of pub commonly found in the Netherlands. They’re called brown because of the dark wood interiors that were often heavily tobacco-stained in the past, creating a warm and cozy ambiance”. 

Brown bars are the most authentic place to have a few drinks in the country, and were often considered the heart of local neighborhoods in the past – places where folks gathered to enjoy a cold pint and engage in conversation. 

All in all, these are still a great place to experience Dutch culture, sample Dutch beers, and try traditional Dutch bar snacks like bitterballen , kaasstengels , frikandel , and other fried goodies. 

Arendsnest is our favorite, but Café ‘t Smalle is a close second, and Café Hoppe another good option (in a great location, but a bit more touristy). If you’d also like to try Dutch spirits like genever , check out De Drie Fleschjes.

Note that if you liked the vibe at Pllek, they also have great nightlife there if you’re keen to double back over to Noord.

Day 3 – ‘Amsterdam Oost and de Pijp’

Start your day in Amsterdam Oost by exploring the Dappermarkt, a lively street market offering a variety of goodies. Grab breakfast at Rum Baba, a cozy spot for pastries and coffee, or heavier fare at Box Sociaal, and check out the Tropenmuseum, which highlights world cultures in a sprawling and beautiful building. If time allows, take a stroll through the serene Oosterpark, another of Amsterdam’s gorgeous green spaces. 

In addition to (or instead of) the Tropenmuseum, check out the ARTIS complex: consisting of the Groote Museum (focused on human evolution), the Micropia (about microorganisms), and the Zoo (one of the oldest in Europe.) This is a great place to spend a half day, and combination tickets are available for the three spots. 

Next, relax in the Hortus Botanicus, Amsterdam’s botanical garden, located nearby. Wandering through its different greenhouses and outdoor gardens, you’ll be impressed with the wide variety of plant species and the sheer size of some cactuses and trees. If you’re not totally museum-weary at this point, the Verzetsmuseum (the Dutch Resistance Museum) is highly recommended for its insight into the Dutch resistance during World War II and also nearby.

All of these super-interesting things to do are part of the Plantage neighborhood, one of Amsterdam’s most charming residential areas. Stroll through the streets and grab a bite to eat at Café Plantage – sit outside on the terrace if you can! 

Nearby is one of our favorite breweries, Brouwerij ‘t IJ. It’s located in an old windmill right on the Amstel River, and they have great beer and ample seating (especially if you go a bit earlier in the day.) If it’s not raining, this is a must!

Head over to trendy de Pijp for lunch. Check out the famous Albert Cuyp Market for local treats like fresh stroopwafels, or go for sit-down food at Bazar Amsterdam, Pizzeria Dope, or Sjefietshé. 

If you need an afternoon coffee, you’re in luck – the main drag in de Pijp, Ceintuurbaan, is packed with great options. Coffee & Coconuts and Scandinavian Embassy are two of our favorites. 

After your lunch or snack, walk through Sarphatipark, the neighborhood’s green space, or window-shop along ultra-cute Van Woustraat and Gerard Doustraat, known for their boutiques and vintage shops.

Next, you can continue along Ceintuurbaan right back to Museumplein and the Vondelpark. This is a great opportunity to check out any museums you missed on day one or explore the area further. In the summertime, the huge green space is the perfect picnic spot, while in wintertime, there’s a super cute skating rink in front of the Rijksmuseum and an equally cute Christmas market to explore. 

Elsewhere nearby, fans of Banksy or Yayoi Kusama will enjoy the ​​Moco Museum, and if you’d like to check out some classical music, book tickets at the beautiful Concertgebouw, also on Museumplein. They have great discounts for folks under 30 and often offer lunch concerts.

While this is ultra-touristy, beer fans may want to check out the nearby Heineken Experience for an interactive journey through the world of beer and a history lesson about one of the Netherlands’ biggest exports. It’s conveniently located between de Pijp and Museumplein, so easy to squeeze into this day on your Amsterdam itinerary. 

As with museums, it’s best to purchase tickets in advance to avoid long queues or tickets selling out. The area around the Heineken Experience, the aptly-named Marie Heinekenplein, is a great place to walk around and grab a bite to eat or sit and people-watch for a bit. 

Whether from de Pijp or Museumplein, you’re quite close to circle back to the city center and continue exploring there. If you walk straight up the Vijzelgracht from the Heineken Experience, you’ll find yourself right back in the canal area. 

On the Singel canal, check out the Munttoren, a carillon tower that was originally part of the city walls, and the Bloemenmarkt to purchase tulip bulbs and other flowers in a highly-touristy but charming canal-front market. 

Behind the Munttoren to your left is Rokin, a beautiful waterfront street with several shopping streets branching off of it. If you’d like to check out stores like Zara, Uniqlo, or similar, go here. The local department store, de Bijenkorf, is nice for a splurge. 

Veering to the right from the Munttoren you can take a beautiful meander along the Amstel River, detouring to visit Rembrandtplein, which is heavily touristy but packed with cafés and nightclubs, or the Reguliersdwarsstraat for gay bars and clubs. If you happen to be visiting during Pride (one of Europe’s best events !) this is a fantastic, though packed, place to be. 

As you continue along the Amstel, don’t miss the Magere Brug (or Skinny Bridge), an Instagram favorite spot that’s beautifully illuminated at night. If you’d like a cultural evening, the Koninklijk Theater Carré (Royal Theatre) nearby has great musicals and ballets, as does the Nationale Opera & Ballet near Rembrandtplein.

Again, as residents of Amsterdam, we may be a bit biased… but we truly believe it’s a world-class city and one that will leave you wanting to visit again and again. From its leafy parks to lively bars and clubs, jaw-dropping quantity of amazing museums, beautiful architecture, and yummy international cuisine, definitely budget a solid chunk of time to spend here while on your next European trip, and don’t forget that rain jacket!

What would you add to this Amsterdam itinerary? Share your thoughts with us in the comments!

Tegan George & Alex McKenzie | Why Not Walk

Tegan and Alex are travel, hiking, and biking enthusiasts currently based in Amsterdam. There is nothing they love more than exploring new places by walking, and they have visited over 35 countries together since they met in 2015. Their love for “walking the world” led them to found Why Not Walk, a travel guide site. Follow them on Instagram, Facebook, or Pinterest to start planning your next adventure.

Find them on: Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest

• Switzerland
• The Netherlands
• National Parks
• Affording Travel
• Photography
• Responsible Travel
• Worldschool
• Wanderlust Guides
• Travel Planning
• Work with Us

Europe , The Netherlands , Travel

The best amsterdam itinerary for your first visit.

The Dutch capital of Amsterdam was a city that was on my forever bucket list but that just kept eluding me. We’ve visited every country surrounding the Netherlands, but somehow we just could never make it work. I was finally able to visit this incredible city for a week and I’m so happy I finally made it a priority! I fell in love with the old houses, meandering canals, and above all, the people.

I’ve met plenty of Dutch people and have some Dutch friends, so I was thrilled to finally see their home. I loved the people I connected with in Amsterdam and hope to come back again soon! It was just one of those trips that felt easy, with lots to do, but not stressful. For visiting mid-June I was surprised that it wasn’t nearly as crowded as I thought it might be. Compared to visiting Paris or London during peak season, Amsterdam was a dream!

I put a lot of time and energy into researching the best Amsterdam Itinerary to maximize my time there. I was able to cover a lot of ground in Amsterdam, but also do several day trips outside the city center to explore more of the beautiful countryside of Holland.

I visited with two other friends, so it was easy getting around without kids to worry about. I will say that if I had very small kids, I would have been stressed about them getting run over by bikes. The whole bike situation there is intense! The locals are cruising. They know what they’re doing, but it can make walking a bit hazardous. They should make you wear helmets if you walk! Ha! But seriously, just be cautious, especially while crossing the street, and don’t accidentally walk into a bike lane.

Here's a Short Cut

Why the Dutch are Different

Midnight blue, vincent and theo: the van gogh brothers, the hiding place, the diary of a young girl: anne frank, a small light (disney+), amsterdam travel tips for first timers, where to stay in amsterdam, the amsterdam go city card, planning your amsterdam itinerary, morning – arrive in amsterdam, afternoon – van gogh museum, evening – canal cruise, dinner – snacks from stach, morning – amsterdam photoshoot with flytographer, lunch – pancake making class, afternoon – explore haarlem, dinner – moeders, morning – rijksmuseum, lunch – winkel 43, afternoon – cheese museum, tulip museum, the milkmaid project, houseboat museum, evening – a’dam lookout, morning – rainbowls, afternoon – zaanse schans, tony’s chocoloney, dinner – foodhallen, evening – stroll through vondelpark, morning – royal delft, afternoon – old delft & antiekmarkt, the hague & girl with a pearl earring, dinner – blauw, breakfast – pancake bakery, morning – anne frank house, shopping in de 9 straatjes – 9 streets, lunch – albert cuyp market, afternoon – resistance museum, micropia microbe museum, the red light district, dinner – secret garden, how many days do i need for amsterdam, can i visit amsterdam for 3 days, what month should i visit amsterdam, is 10 days too long for amsterdam, i take day trips from amsterdam, before you visit amsterdam.

Before visiting Amsterdam, try to learn what you can about Dutch culture and history. If you’ve been following me for any amount of time, you know that I love connecting my travels to books (why I run the British Book Club Tour) so it will come as no surprise that I read a few books to prepare for this trip. I also watched some shows and movies. Here is what I recommend reading and watching:

I read the book Why the Dutch are Different and found it very insightful into the lives of the Dutch. This was a cross between a humorous memoir and a travel diary around Holland. The audio was great.

Midnight Blue was a great novel about a girl living in 17th Century Holland, a time when Amsterdam is at the peak of its power. It’s a great historical fiction about the birth of the famous Delft blue pottery. If you’re planning to visit Delft on a day trip from Amsterdam, definitely read this book.

Vincent and Theo: The Van Gogh Brothers was a great easy read about Vincent Van Gogh and his brother Theo. I’ll admit I didn’t know a huge amount about Van Gogh, but it definitely made my visit to the Van Gogh museum more meaningful to understand a little more about his life.

The Hiding Place is a book I read in middle school that I wanted to re-read before my trip to Amsterdam. It’s the story of Corrie Ten-Boom, a woman whose family hid many people during the German occupation of WWII. You can visit her home in Haarlem. I was glad I re-read it before visiting the house.

The Diary of Anne Frank was another middle school re-read for me. We read it during the beginning of lockdown. It was good for my kids to get some perspective at that time. If you’re visiting the Anne Frank House in Amsterdam, I highly recommend reading this or brushing up on it before you go. It will make your trip much more meaningful.

If you’re visiting the Anne Frank House or the Resistance Museum in Amsterdam, you should definitely watch A Small Light on Disney+. It made my visit to the house so powerful. I felt like I was friends with everyone involved. The show is so well done, but will make you cry. I watched it on the plane ride over and was in the bathroom crying. Just a disclaimer, that it’s less about Anne Frank’s life and more about Miep Gies, the person hiding the family in the annex.

These are some quick tips that I’m either glad I did or wish I would have done before visiting Amsterdam.

• Learn about the history of Amsterdam – You’ll appreciate your time there more
• Book a Flytographer shoot – Use code WANDERLUST for a discount
• Set up Apple Pay – most places take contactless/Apple Pay
• Watch out for bikes – especially when crossing the street
• Get the Go City Card – It will save you money!

Be sure to check out these first-timer tips for visiting Amsterdam for more ideas.

We wanted to stay somewhere central in the Amsterdam city center, but also be near Vondelpark. We chose Hotel Alexander and it was absolutely perfect. Very walkable to public transportation and within walking distance of most sites we wanted to see, but also in a quieter neighborhood so that we didn’t have the sound of nightlife while trying to sleep (getting too old for that).

It also had this massive replica of the Night Watch above my bed, which I thought was pretty comical. It was like staying in a mini Rijksmuseum. And speaking of…Hotel Alexander was designed by the same architect, Pierre Cuypers, who designed the beautiful Rijksmuseum. If you want some more hotel options, check out this good list of places to stay in Amsterdam here.

We got the 3 day Go City Card for Amsterdam and it more than paid for itself. It was a great way to see several museums for free and also to get our Zaanse Schans card. You can buy the Amsterdam Go City Card here.

Alright, now that you’re ready to prepare for your trip, let’s get down to planning out your Amsterdam trip! Here’s what I did each day.

Day 1 – Van Gogh Museum & Evening Canal Cruise

Day 2 – Photoshoot, Pancake Class, & Haarlem

Day 3 – Rijksmuseum, The Milkmaid Project, A’Dam Lookout, Cheese Museum, Tulip Museum, Houseboat Museum

Day 4 – Zaanse Schans, Tony’s Chocoloney, Foodhallen, Vondelpark

Day 5 – Delft & The Hague

Day 6 – Anne Frank House, Albert Cuyp market, 9 Streets, Resistance Museum, Microbe Museum, Red Light District

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 1 -Van Gogh Museum & Canal Tour

You’ll most likely be arriving at Schipol Airport. You can take the train into the city, but we had so much luggage that we opted to take an UBER to our hotel. The UBER pickup is located across the street at the Sheraton, just a quick 2-minute walk. It cost around $20 USD and was worth not hauling luggage on public transportation.

We jumped right into one of the many amazing museums in Amsterdam on our first day. Be sure to Book the Van Gogh Museum in advance, it does sell out. When we arrived there were no tickets left for the day, so I was glad we had pre-booked. You can get your tickets here.

We had a few minutes before our entrance time so we grabbed lunch at Museum Square which sits between the Van Gogh Museum, the MoCo Museum, and the Rijksmuseum. There are several food stalls. I just grabbed a hot dog, which was nothing to write home about. The burgers looked great though.

You can’t visit Amsterdam without taking a tour of Amsterdam’s canals. There are many options for canal cruises, but I didn’t want something that would be a large boat full of tourists, so I searched high and low for something more intimate. We decided on Pure Boats Amsterdam and it was absolutely perfect.

In fact, I ended up doing 2 tours with them. We took an evening tour before the sunset. They had a beautiful offering of cheese, crackers, nuts, and all-you-can-drink alcohol. I had apple juice in a fancy glass. It was perfect. Our guide was adorable. You get a totally different view of the city from the water and it’s just lovely!

I ended up doing a morning tour with my friend who’s flight was delayed and missed the evening tour. The morning tour was cheaper and shorter and also didn’t have any snacks, but did have drinks included. If I had to choose, I’d pick the evening cruise. But if you’re going with kids, then the morning cruise would be a great choice.

Since we had just flown in that morning, we were extremely exhausted and jetlagged. Instead of sitting down to a long dinner or eating something heavy, we opted to stop in at STACH, which quickly became one of our favorite snack stops and a great place to grab a treat or an iced chai! Lots of fun and local Dutch snacks to try!

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 2 – Photoshoot, Pancake Class, & Haarlem

One thing about traveling with your family or traveling solo is that I’m never actually in many (or sometimes any) photos! When I get the chance, I always like to book a Flytographer session when I travel. Not only do you get amazing photos by a professional photographer, but you get to meet a local and get a little early morning private tour of your destination. I booked a session with Tania and she was amazing. Doing a photoshoot by yourself can feel super awkward, but Tania put me right at ease and made me feel lovely and confident. You can use code WANDERLUST to get a discount on your photoshoot.

This was one of my favorite things we did on our Amsterdam itinerary. I booked a Pancake Cooking Class with Eat With . We were welcomed into our host’s home and given samples of traditional Dutch food like cheese and Applestroop (I’m obsessed) and pickled herring (I liked it more than I thought I would). Then our host taught us how to make Dutch Pancakes.

It was so fun to be welcomed into a local’s home and to learn a new skill that I could take home with me. My kids would have loved this activity too. I went home and cooked them Dutch pancakes. I highly recommend booking this class. It was worth the money for the experience, and we got fed too!

We took the train to Haarlem, which was easy to do. We had a tour of Corrie Ten-Boom’s house and then explored the lovely town of Haarlem. There are many cute shops here and we just spent a few hours wandering and shopping before taking the train back to Amsterdam.

If you want to try truly Dutch food, you may have to look a little harder than you’d think! Have you ever tried Dutch food outside of the Netherlands? Probably not, it’s because they’re not well-known for their food. So instead of lots of Dutch food places in Amsterdam, you’ll find a lot of international food choices, which is great, but also makes it harder to find traditional options. So we made a special trip to Moeders in search of traditional Dutch comfort food.

We visited Moeders, which means Mothers. It’s a mother-themed restaurant serving classic Dutch fare. Everything we had was delicious, but I think would be even better on a cold winter night! It was a lot of meat and potatoes. But the special part of Moeders is the pictures of all the mothers on the walls! Bring a picture of your own mom to hang on the wall!

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 3 – Rijksmuseum, The Milkmaid Project, Houseboat Museum, & A’Dam Lookout

Plan for several hours here and go in with a plan. Make sure you book tickets online in advance. Some of the most recognizable artworks are The Night Watch by famous Dutch painter, Rembrandt, and The Milkmaid by Johannes Vermeer, among many other beautiful works of art. Be sure to check out the Cuypers Library at the Rijksmuseum. It’s the largest and oldest art history library in the Netherlands and it’s absolutely gorgeous! If you have the Amsterdam Go City Card , the Rijksmuseum is included, but you still need to book your time slot.

We went to Winkel 43 for lunch. The big draw here is the apple pie and I have to say that it actually lived up to the hype! The food was good too.

Cheese & Tulip Museum

Take about an hour to see both the cheese and tulip museums. They’re small and cute, but so Dutch that you just have to go! You can sample all kinds of cheeses and take some home with you. They’re good outside the fridge for several days.

The Milkmaid Project

Now that you’ve seen Vermeer’s The Milkmaid, head over the The Milkmaid Project and step inside a painting. I randomly happened upon this project just by walking by the studio. This art experience was created by famous photograher, Sander Veeneman, who has recreated the “set” of The Milkmaid. It’s truly like stepping into a painting.

You can also recreate other paintings like Girl with the Pearl Earring or William of Orange. You can do group photos as well. Sander recreated Rembrandt’s Night Watch with all of his neighbors. Even if you don’t book a session, it’s worth walking into the studio to see his work.

This was such an incredible experience just talking to Sander. His passion for this project and art was so tangible and I loved spending time with him talking about the project. The cost is €95 and well worth it for the experience. You’ll get your own high-quality printed photograph to take home with you. Plan for about an hour for this experience and be sure to book ahead.

Houseboat Museum

Check out the Houseboat Museum. If you have the Go City card for Amsterdam, this museum is included. This is just an old houseboat that has been turned into a display so that you can see what living on a houseboat is like. You only need about 20 minutes to see it all.

A’DAM Lookout is a tall observation deck where you can see almost the whole city from above. To get here, you’ll need to take the free foot ferry across the IJ. You can take the elevator up to the top for the views or book “Over the Edge” swing!

A’Dam Lookout is covered by the Amsterdam Go City Card , but you still need to book your time on the swing. It was quite busy up here, but it was fun to see the old city of Amsterdam from above.

Dinner – Meatless District

We wanted to try this vegan restaurant in Amsterdam that had good reviews. For vegan food, it was really good. The beet root hummus and bread were amazing. I had the vegan chicken caesar salad, which was so insane because the “chicken” really tasted like chicken. Check out Meatless District if you’re into vegan food.

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 4 – Zaanse Schans, Tony’s Chocoloney, Foodhallen, Vondelpark

On day 4, we left the city and took a day trip to Zaanse Schans, an adorable living history village that shows you what life was like in the Netherlands hundreds of years ago.

We stopped at Rainbowls before heading to Zaanse Schans. We ended up loving it so much that we went back several times during our trip. They make amazing smoothie bowls, chia bowls, smoothies, and juices. It’s also in a super cute and artsy neighborhood called De Pijp.

After breakfast, we took an UBER to Zaanse Schans. Zaanse Schans is like a step back in time! It’s an old living history Dutch village with windmills, wooden houses, and little bridges over canals. It’s a great example of what life was like in the Netherlands in the past.

You could spend an entire day here, so give yourself enough time to see it all. It’s quite spread out and there are some great photo ops. If you have the Go City Card, the Zaanse Schans card is included. Just stop at the visitor center first to pick up your Zaanse Schans card. Show your card at each windmill or museum for free entry.

Be sure to visit the cheese shop where you can sample so many different types of cheeses! The cheese can be unrefrigerated for several days, so you may want to take a few wheels home with you.

This is a fun little touristy stop where you can pick up some Tony’s chocolate. They have a cool way to get the chocolate out by using a lever. Be warned: the labels are all in Dutch, so be sure you’re getting chocolate you want. This was a fun thing to bring home for my kids. They have a lot of flavors that you can’t get in the US.

Head back into the city and stop at Foodhallen where you can get any kind of food you like! It’s like a massive mall food court! Our favorite was the giant hummus plate! But they had everything from sushi to tacos. I have to say, Amsterdam does foreign food really well since their traditional food is probably not something you want to eat on a daily basis.

Foodhallen isn’t far from Foodhallen, so we walked over and took a long stroll through Vondelpark, Amsterdam’s main park. Since we were there in June, it stayed light until around 11:00 pm. It was fun to see so many people out and about so late at night. They call these the “white nights.” These photos were both taken around 10:00 pm!

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 5 – Delft & The Hague

On our 5th day in Amsterdam, we ventured out of the city again. We specifically went on a Saturday so that we could visit the Antique Market in Delft. So if you decide to take a day trip from Amsterdam. to Delft, save it for Saturday.

Today was another day trip day. We took the train to Delft early in the morning, which took around 45 minutes from Amsterdam Centraal, and walked to the Royal Delft Factory. I loved this factory tour. It was very well done, including a video, interactive museum, and you’re actually able to walk through the actual factory and watch the talented Delft artists painting the pottery and dishes. It was really incredible. There is a nice cafe at the factory, so we had lunch here.

If you want to spend a little more time here, you can book a class and paint your own plate or tile to take home. I couldn’t afford to buy anything at the gift shop, so a class might have been a better option for me!

If you plan to visit Delft, I recommend visiting on a Saturday so that you can explore and shop at the Antiekmarkt. We found so many great gems at this market, including more KLM houses for my collection.

I’m now wishing that I’d bought more, because they were a great price here. I also got an antique Delft vase. I was glad that I had just gone to the Royal Delft factory because I knew exactly what to look for and how to pick an authentic piece. They were also much more affordable than purchasing something at the Royal Delft Factory.

I also purchased a pair of old used clogs which sit on my doorstep with flowers inside. It’s a fun reminder of my time in the Netherlands. These were much cheaper than the tourist versions you can purchase at Zaanse Schans, so if you’re set on getting a pair of clogs, I would definitely get some here. They were around $15 vs. $65 at Zaanse Schans.

There are lots of things to do in Delft including walking along the Oude Canal, visiting the Old Church, Vermeer Centrum (Vermeer lived and painted here), and wandering the old city center. Honestly, I really fell in love with Delft and probably could have stayed here for several days. It was a nice break from the business of Amsterdam and it’s just so charming.

From Delft, we took the train to The Hague. This is the political center of the Netherlands. It’s a fairly large and modern city. The real reason we were here was to visit the Mauritshuis Museum and see Vermeer’s Girl with a Pearl Earring . This was a great art museum and I actually preferred it to the Rijksmuseum. It was smaller and more maneagable, it had great places to sit (I actually laid on the couch for a minute) and it had so much beautiful art that I actually really loved. Some famous works include Vermeer’s View of Delft , Paulus Potter’s The Bull, and Carel Fabritius The Goldfinch .

We took the train back into Amsterdam and had dinner at Blauw, an Indonesian restaurant. This was my first time having Indonesian food. It was really good! Everything is served family style, so there will be a lot of dishes on your table. We had all kinds of meats, rices, vegetables, and sauces.

Amsterdam Itinerary Day 6 – Anne Frank House, Albert Cuyp market, 9 Streets, Resistance Museum, Microbe Museum, Red Light District

The last day in our Amsterdam itinerary was all about World War II history. I saved the Anne Frank House until our last day and I’m glad I did. It was a very moving way to end our time in this beautiful city with a tragic history.

I couldn’t leave Amsterdam without having one more Dutch pancake! We stopped at Pancake Bakery and had a delicious banana Nutella pancake.

I was very excited to visit the Anne Frank house. I’ve been learning about her since I was 13 and it was such an incredible experience. I was so glad that I had done my research, re-read her diary, and watched A Small Light. It was worth it to have an experience that included so much understanding.

The house is very well done. It’s reverent without being boring. It’s sad, without being heartbreaking. An audio tour is included which was very well done. I definitely shed some tears. There’s an amazing gift shop with great books. I bought a great book to help my kids study the Holocaust and Anne Frank. You can also see all the languages that her diary was published in. It was fascinating.

You must book your Anne Frank tickets well in advance of your trip! There are no last minute tickets, so don’t even risk it, even during low season. Tickets are released 6 weeks before the date. I set an alarm and got up at 1:00 am to book our tickets. You can book a guided tour or a self guided tour. I wasn’t able to get the guided tour because spots are extremely limited. But the self guided tour was very well done.

De 9 Straatjes or “The Nine Streets,” are nine side streets in the heart of Amsterdam. The Nine Streets are located off the Prinsengracht, Keizersgracht, Herengracht, and Singel in the city center. We did a little vintage shopping here and I found a few cute dresses, skirts, and shirts. All pants I found were definitely made for the much taller Dutch!

We walked to Albert Cuyp Market for lunch. Albert Cuyp Market, located in the vibrant De Pijp neighborhood, is the largest and most popular outdoor market in the Netherlands. With over 260 stalls stretching along the Albert Cuypstraat, you can find all kinds of goods, from fresh produce, fish, and spices to clothes, accessories, and electronics. It’s a great place to sample traditional Dutch treats like herring, stroopwafels, and fresh cheeses. It’s open six days a week and is closed on Sundays. We had falafel and a fresh stroopwaffel.

After lunch, we headed to The Resistance Museum, a museum dedicated to those who fought against the Nazis during WWII. This museum has so much information about specific members of the resistance and it very interesting. It’s really well done with videos and great labeling, but there is a lot of information. You may need to be ok with seeing about half of this, otherwise, plan on dedicating more than 2 hours to see all of it. Book your ticket ahead of time.

If you’ve had enough WWII history, you might want to consider Micropia . This Amsterdam museum is a museum all about microbes, which sounds weird, but it is actually super fascinating! I learned so much about the power of microbes. It’s really close to the Resistance Museum, so if you have extra time, you could do both.

It’s up to you if you want to visit Amsterdam’s Red Light District. I have mixed feelings about it. It’s part of the culture, but also not something I agree with or want to promote. I decided to go since I was there without my kids. I would never take my kids.

It’s just one of those places that you have to see to believe. There were women in windows in lingerie and men soliciting them. I just quickly walked through. It was very eye opening. If you want to avoid it, then I recommend taking notes of which streets are the busiest and avoiding those.

We wanted to end our time in Amsterdam with something fun and fancy. Secret Garden was beautiful inside. It was very expensive and the servings were very small, but the food was great. If you’re very hungry, I’d maybe opt for something else, but this was fun to taste!

That was our Amsterdam itinerary. I’m really happy with what we were able to accomplish in just under a week in Amsterdam. I think 6 days in Amsterdam was a good amount of time. I felt like we saw most of the city and were able to take several day trips. I would love to return to the Netherlands and explore more of the countryside.

I was really surprised at how much I fell in love with the culture, and even the food, in this country. I’d love to go back and visit during Christmas time.

I hope this helps you lay out your own Amsterdam itinerary! Please let me know if you have any questions about the city or what we did.

Frequently Asked Questions about my Amsterdam Itinerary

We had 6 days in Amsterdam and I think that felt like a good amount of time. There were a few more day trips I would have liked to take, so if you added a few more days, you could definitely fill them. But I really felt like I saw almost the entire city during our time.

Absolutely. If you cut out any day trips, I think 3 days in Amsterdam is a perfect amount of time.

I can’t speak for all the other months, but June was incredible. We had perfect weather the whole time, but keep in mind that a lot of places don’t have air conditioning, so it did feel hot in the hotel room. Once we had fans going it was fine. I would like to go back to Amsterdam in December to see the Christmas markets and the canals all lit up with Christmas lights.

I think for seeing the historic center of Amsterdam itself, 10 days is too long. But 10 days would allow you to take many more day trips from Amsterdam, which would be ideal. And the longer you stay, the slower you can travel, which is always a plus.

Absolutely, and I highly recommend doing so. Amsterdam is great, but the Netherlands are so much more than Amsterdam. Take a few days out of your Amsterdam itinerary to explore the rest of the country.

Wanderlust Crew

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of follow-up comments by email.

Notify me of new posts by email.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Amsterdam Itinerary – 5 Days in Amsterdam

By: Author Guest Contributor

How to spend 5 Days in Amsterdam – A Brief Amsterdam Itinerary

Amsterdam, a vibrant capital city of Netherlands defines the word beauty with its crystal clear canals, historical buildings, museums, bridges, and splendid landscape. There are innumerable places to explore, gather new experiences and things to do in Amsterdam . A planned Amsterdam itinerary would give you a wonderful experience to cherish forever.

The quality of life here will make you fall in love with Amsterdam . Tourists get attracted to the most rewarding shopping experience, restaurants, bars, antique art galleries, courtyards, quaint canal network, narrow lanes, and friendly Dutch natives. Out of all my international trips , my Amsterdam trip was one of the most memorable.

With narrow lanes, Amsterdam is a place to experience with walking and cycling. But there’s definitely much more to the city then just walking or cycling around. Here, I present a recommended Amsterdam itinerary with suggestions to spend 5 days in this beautiful city.

Top Tip: If you plan to visit a lot of museums, the IAMsterdam Card will most likely be worth it for you. It includes free entrance to 60 museums, free public transport, and discounts at various shops and restaurants. Read about the details here: IAMsterdam Card

5 Days in Amsterdam

Day 1: Amsterdam on Wheels Day 2: Let’s go to Museums Day 3: Trip to a Fishing Village Day 4: Chill first, Party Next Day 5: A Garden & Beer Factory

Day 1 – Amsterdam on Wheels

Cycling around Dam Square is the most exciting way to explore the local attractions such as the National Monument, the Royal Palace, the New Church, and the Beehive listed in the Amsterdam itinerary.

While cycling, visit the National monument, a war memorial is situated in the center of the Dam Square. It is 22 meters high monument designed by Dutch architect J.J.P. Oud created in the memory of fallen soldiers.

Your tour is incomplete without a visit to the Royal Palace of Amsterdam, originally a city hall, and later became the palace of King Louis Napoleon. A guided tour to the palace’s rooms gives you a real sumptuous feel of royalty.

If you don’t want to cycle alone, you can also book a bike tour around the city and explore with other travelers. Book your Amsterdam bike tour here>>

Located in the center of Dam Square, you can visit Bijenkorf, the biggest Amsterdam departmental store also known as the Beehive. A six-floor high departmental store has a wide selection of products with new and interesting designs. Originally opened as a button shop in 1870, the Beehive is now a market place with famous cafes and restaurants.

After cycling around the Dam Square, head to Amsterdam central. Hop on a ferry and cross the river to reach the Noord area of the city. Visit Adam’s lookout to see a stunning view of the city from the top of the building. It is an observation deck that offers a panoramic view of the city. “Over the edge” is Europe’s highest swing where the enthusiasts will enjoy the swing 100 meters above the ground to explore a breathtaking view of the unimaginable landscape, city’s historical center, and beautiful canals.

In an adjacent building, you can enjoy a 4D experience of virtually touring the Netherlands. Go for the ‘ This is Holland ’ experience and fasten your seat belt as the virtual flight takes you over the sprawling countryside and interesting facts about the Netherlands. Book your ticket in advance here>>

Before you call it a day, you can visit the red light area which is famous for the giant window panes and women behind these, looking for customers. Frankly, I found this street to be overrated. But maybe you’d still want to give it a short visit.

Day 2 – A Day at Museums

A fancy title for today, based on the Ben Stiller movie – ‘Night at the museum’. Don’t worry, things won’t be coming to live in your museums!

If you haven’t gotten your IAMsterdam Card yet, get it now, because today you will need it!

Van Gogh Museum

You can start your day by visiting the Van Gogh Museum. Twelve minutes from Dam Square, you reach the renowned Van Gogh’s museum that features Van Gogh’s best creations , excellent biography of his life presented in chronological order. Art lovers can enjoy one of the best creations of famous artists of those times such as Matisse, Monet, and Manet.

Rijksmuseum

Adjacent to the Van Gogh’s Museum is the Rijksmuseum that features the Rembrandt collection, famous painting “The Night Watch” a classic and renowned collection of Dutch painters. Nearby, you will see major attractions such as the Rose Garden, musical dome, and the three-meter statue of the Dutch poet Vondel.

With a bike tour, you can explore the wonderful cafes and restaurants situated near it, Groot Melkhuis and Kinderkookkafe that can be a great addition to your Amsterdam itinerary.

Jordaan Neighborhood & Anne Frank House

Later, you can spend the afternoon at Jordaan Neighborhood. You must visit Anne Frank’s house, a historical landmark of the Nazi regime in central Amsterdam in the memory of a little girl who spent her days hiding. This is a very popular tourist destination and you will need to book tickets in advance, sometimes they are sold out weeks in advance. You can reserve your tickets here>>

The Jordaan area is surrounded by amazing cafes, restaurants, fast-food spots, and patio cafes that offer a delicious breakfast or a brunch that you can enjoy after a refreshing cycling tour in the morning.

Woonbootmuseum

Next on the Amsterdam itinerary is the visit to Woonbootmuseum, the only houseboat museum in the world. A museum converted into a houseboat is located five minutes from the Anne Frank House and takes back to the seasoned history of Amsterdam through the canal system.

Shopping at the Lindengracht market is fun as many stalls feature handicraft items, cheese, beautiful bouquets, plenty of snacks, and fresh fish. You can enjoy the tastiest caramelized apple pie embraced with cream and crushed nuts at Winkel43, the best in the city.

Westerstraat, the biggest streets of Jordaan is the most famous textile market area. With more than 200 stands, you can find designer clothes of renowned brands that are slightly outdated and defective.

Churches and Chapels

Lastly, you can visit the Beginhof Chapel dates back to the 14th century where you can find historical paintings, attractive houses surrounding the courtyard, and the oldest surviving wooden house of the 14th century.

You would love to visit Oude Kerk, an old church and the oldest building of Amsterdam. An 800 hundred-year-old building of the 13th century is a Catholic place of worship.

The NieuweKerk (new church) was built in the 15th century established adjacent to the Royal Palace. You can experience peace of mind visiting these beautiful churches to sensitize the spiritual side of your life.

Make sure you note down the timings of these museums. If you feel that covering these sites in one day will be too hectic, may be you can skip one or two.

Day 3 – Trip to a Fishing Village

Today, we escape to a fishing town, like Marken or Volendam. You can visit both if you are very curious. But they do have a lot of similarities. So I’d suggest you visit only one. If you don’t want to go by yourself, join one of the many day tours from Amsterdam .

From the crowded streets of Amsterdam, on your third day you can enjoy the quiet streets and lush green land of the tiny village of Marken. With a little population of 2000 people, the village is 30 minutes from Amsterdam and is an ideal place for fishing. Or you can consider Volendam which is a bigger town. My pick was Marken.

At Marken, you can explore the clog factory, Marken Harbor, Marken lighthouse, Maxima Bridge, and amazing greenhouses with picturesque beauty. The village has two distinct neighborhoods named Kerkbuurt and Havenbuurt where you can spend a day having a glimpse of natural beauty.

While in Marken, I found an unknown hiking trail, known as Landtong hike on google maps. This hike isn’t really mentioned on the internet or in the tourism brochures. But it gave me bountiful views of a gorgeous sunset! <Img 4: Marker Landtong Hike>

If you visit Volendam, you can explore colorful houses, fishing, amazing seafood, and windmills. A visit to Volendam Museum, a lighthouse built in 1839, cheese factory, and canal cruise will not disappoint you.

Day 4: Chill First, Party Next

You have to party in Amsterdam! This day can be interchangeable depending on the calendar of festivals, music concerts, dance festivals or DJ showdowns. I had a fantastic time at AMF, Amsterdam Music festival where I was just lost in the surreal transitions of David Guetta, Martin Garrix, Hardwell and others.

Check the calendar of these music festivals before you plan for Amsterdam. These concerts are seriously one of the bests in the world!

Here are a few music and techno festivals scheduled every year:

Loveland Festival: around 8-9 August Dekmantel Music Festival: around 31st July to 4th August Milkshake Festival: around 25-26 July Amsterdam Music Festival: around October

It would be a great idea to add one of the best music festivals in the city and keep it on your Amsterdam itinerary.

In the morning & afternoon, you can just chill near the Dam square or in Jordaan. But in the evening, just party at one of these fests. If you go to Amsterdam when there are no such events, the city still does have a fascinating nightlife!

Day 5 – A Garden & A Beer Factory

Doesn’t really make sense in one sentence, does it? Garden & Beer? One is for Sunday evening & the other is for Saturday night! But don’t worry. You can visit the Tulip gardens & Beer factory in one day.

You can start the day with a visit to Keukenhof , one of the world’s biggest gardens enveloped with colorful tulips. Amazing flora and eye-catching scenic beauty of flowers such as fragrant hyacinths and daffodils render a breathtaking experience. Book your Keukenhof ticket here>>

Next, you can visit the Heineken Experience . The tour here educates about the history of the Heineken Beer company and its relation with the city of Amsterdam. A tour to the company with a climax of beer tasting opportunity would bring the thrill in the minds of beer lovers. Book your ticket here>>

Conclude your 5th day by visiting FOAM, Amsterdam History Museum, and the Hermitage Amsterdam. No more in mood to visit museums? Skip them, it’s okay. You have created enough memories in this beautiful city.

Also read: My Parisian Life – Spending time in Paris

Tips to Plan your Amsterdam Itinerary

Here are some handy tips before planning your trip to Amsterdam. Mix these tips with the itinerary and you have everything you need to make this Amsterdam trip a memorable one!

Getting to Amsterdam

The airport in Amsterdam, Schiphol Airport is located 9 kilometers away from the southwest of the city. It is the main airport in the Netherlands connected to many international flights from all over the world. After your arrival at the airport, you can take a metro or a cab to major destinations in the city.

You can also reach by rail to Amsterdam if you are coming from anywhere in Europe. Regular direct trains are connected to major cities of Europe such as Berlin, Paris, London, and Manchester.

The Best Time to Visit Amsterdam

January and February are the months to skip a visit to Amsterdam. The month is windy and chilling cold. In winters, the lakes freeze that may disappoint visitors keen to enjoy the canal tours.

Tourism picks up in March and April and it gets really crowded with visitors taking in the stunning tulip gardens and field Definitely book well in advance if you plan to visit during this time. May and June are great months to visit the Dutch capital where you can see less rain and more sunlight.

July, August, and September are months of the peak season where you can experience busy streets and large crowds. October is the month where you would not see much crowd and the weather becomes unpredictable.

Where to stay in Amsterdam

Amsterdam is one of the most backpacked cities of Europe. You would find innumerable hostels and hotels available to stay. It is important to identify the best and top-rated hostels in Amsterdam depending upon the location, price, staff, and facilities. Take a look at this guide on the best places to stay in Amsterdam .

What to eat in Amsterdam?

There are a lot of mouthwatering local dishes worth trying when you visit the most happening city of the Netherlands. From any fast food restaurant, pick up a kroket that is a meat-filled sausage, deep-fried with a crispy outer layer.

Around Christmas, you would love to taste amazing spiced cookies Speculaas made of aromatic spices, flour, and sugar and butter. Served by fast-food vendors, Patatje Oorlog, similar to French fries are served with a heavy carb base of mayonnaise. You can’t ignore the syrup-filled waffles, Stroopwafels available at every supermarket at Amsterdam.

Surrounded by water, Amsterdam is famous for its fish stands offering the famous Dutch herring traditional fish. Other dishes include Bitterballen, Tompouce- pastry sandwich, Bossche Bol, and Frikandel.

Amsterdam is flooded with excellent eateries, fine dining, and ethnic dining restaurants with creative chefs serving wonders on your plate. One of the most unusual dining experiences is at a greenhouse that serves what is grown there.

A great way to explore the culinary side of Amsterdam is by joining a food tour that shows you the most iconic foods and best places to try them. Book your Amsterdam food tour here>>

De Kas is a super-stylish restaurant that serves fresh picked from the garden. A Michelin starred restaurant, Vinkeles is an amazing place for a perfect romantic date.

RIJK’s museum restaurant is worth a visit after a mesmerizing exploration at the museum. A visit to such tempting restaurants must be on priority in the Amsterdam itinerary.

Also read: Skydiving in Seville, Spain

Getting Around in Amsterdam

As you reach the city, the best way to explore the attractive destinations is by cycling. With rented bicycles, you can enjoy the raw beauty of the narrow lanes of the city. Another great option to explore the Amsterdam itinerary is with a cycle tour passing through the narrow lanes, gush streets, and bridges.

Public transport in Amsterdam is very convenient for visitors. A public transport chip card is used by visitors for travel in buses, metros, and trams. The ticket can be bought for a one-hour card to a day card. The transportation is connected through the GVB network for daily passes.

Lastly, do consider getting the IAmsterdam card . It offers easy access to a lot of commute or museum options and will help you save a few Euros as well. You can also buy Amsterdam city card to visit the city’s attractive tourist spots with unlimited use of the GVB public transport system.

That’s it! That’s all you need to know before planning a trip to Amsterdam. In case you have more questions, feel free to ask them in the comments section below.

This Amsterdam Itinerary was written by Umang Trivedi. He is is a travel blogger based in India. Umang writes about his travel journeys at travelmax.in. He likes adventure travel, offbeat travel, and exploring new experiences. On his website, he also compiles travel itineraries, ideas, trips and more. Please visit his website , and follow him on Facebook , Instagram , and Twitter .

Amsterdam Itinerary – Pin For Later:

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Share your love for Europe!

Help spread the word. You're awesome for doing it!

• Facebook 236
• Pinterest 29

Deals of the Week   European Long Weekends   Up to 50% OFF

Europe Tours & Trips from Amsterdam

Amsterdam is a great starting place for your Europe travel package . Its position allows travellers to easily reach other popular destinations, such as France (Paris), Italy (Rome), Spain (Barcelona) or the even the UK (London). The Netherlands ' capital is also dotted with many romantic canals over the Danube and historical sights such as the Anne Frank House. If you love art, you have to visit the Van Gogh Museum.

Filters applied

250+ europe tour packages from amsterdam with 3,256 reviews.

European Encounter (Summer, Start Amsterdam, 16 Days)

• €100 deposit on some dates Some departure dates offer you the chance to book this tour with a lower deposit.

• Coach / Bus
• Christmas & New Year

European Cavalcade (End Paris, 18 Days)

Mimi was great. Only thing I would change is a better break about half way through. The older people were exhausted by the end.

Gotta-See Europe: Germany, Austria, Italy

Very well organized by Fabienne

• In-depth Cultural

Europe's Highlights

Our tour guide and driver were excellent. Our schedule was very busy and we took in an incredible amount of sights which we really appreciated. We found the schedule a bit hectic and on future Cosmos trips we will select tours that are a bit more laidback.

Amsterdam and Paris

I love the tour. It covers many beautiful landmarks. I love the cruise on Rover Seine in Paris. I also love that the tour bought ticket for us to go upstairs of the Eiffel Tower.

Europe Explorer

Excellent service, would travel again with tourradar, Robby and jasmine are awesome

• 10% deposit on some dates Some departure dates offer you the chance to book this tour with a lower deposit.

Amsterdam, Berlin and Prague

The tour was great the communication was a bit sketchy. It was a different experience since we did not have the same guide for the whole trip. Peter and Frank and Inga were super stars helping us with the COVID test situation all the guides were excellent

European Whirl (Start Amsterdam, Classic, 18 Days)

• Sightseeing

Glimpse of Europe (End Paris, 7 Days)

My wife and I really enjoyed this trip. All of the stops on the trip were full of cultural things specific for that location, so we got a feeling for traditions of each country, just like the brochure said. Our guide was extremely knowledgeable and made it an education experience. We made friends easily with others and it made the city excursions so much more lively. Other travelers told us there were not as many optional choices as in pre-covid days, but that is likely because people in the travel industry had to find other work. Hopefully this will improve as tourism in general is on the up-swing. We would have liked more time at the Rheinfall Falls and less time at the Black Forest cuckoo clock location. There was a half hour boat tour that went to the falls area that several of us thought would have been fun, but there wasn't time for that. Paris was terrific and the timing for all of the excursions was spot on to give us the maximum exposure to this fabulous city in the amount of time we had.

Europe Jewel

Good route which covered the main attractions of Mid Europe. The trip is compact and efficient and the optional excursions add on the contents. Tour leader Matt is full of knowledge about various area’s history and events, he also looked after the team well and tried to accomodate customers’ needs, A really caring and professional tour leader. Pascal is not only a brilliant driver who tried to park the coach as close as possible for group’s access, he was also taking care of the team in many ways and his warm greetings and kind words won our hearts. If you haven’t or only seen a couple of European countries, this trip will be the one to open your eyes or the one to expend your European experiences. Additionally, the trip is good value for money.

Ultimate Europe

The Ultimate Europe Tour was incredible. Steve and Josh were both fantastic, memories that’ll last a lifetime.

European Tapestry with London

Classic Rhine cruise (Amsterdam-Basel) MS Crucevita

Fantastic cruise with welcoming and professional staff who went above and beyond to ensure we enjoyed our cruise. Comfortable beds, flexible cabins that could be reconfigured during the day to provide lounge chairs, great food with good choice at each meal, great rapport with staff, and a small, clean, ship. Loved our experience.

European Vistas

Excellent service and professionalism. Friendly and experienced

Eastern Adventure

I enjoyed the tour very much, almost all was perfect. Most of the guides, were very good, but for one, which I felt was rude and I thought not so informative. The rest of the time, I think that the guides were very good. I thought the hotels were very good, but for some issues with internet here and there. Breakfast everywhere were very good. The evening meals paid for by the company were also good, in a way to taste the local food, is the best way. Enjoyed the evening/dinner cruise in Amsterdam very much. I will thoroughly recommend Grace our tour guide, she was great, very professional and friendly. Her knowledge of the places we visited, the history, etc, was very good. I learned a lot from her and looking at the sights, it brought that to reality. I enjoyed the tour very much in every way. I must add that the driver was very competent and a very nice man, a real gentleman. Thank you very much. Thank you so much for the great adventure. The tour was great, very well organised.

What people love about Europe Tours from Amsterdam

The small group tour was amazing loved the gourmet Italy tour. The tour director made it extra special she was so informative.

Tours starting from Amsterdam

• Amsterdam to Amsterdam tours (68)
• Amsterdam to Basel tours (51)
• Amsterdam to Paris tours (33)
• Amsterdam to London tours (31)
• Amsterdam to Zurich tours (29)
• Amsterdam to Budapest tours (20)
• Amsterdam to Prague tours (14)
• Amsterdam to Bucharest tours (13)
• Amsterdam to Lucerne tours (11)
• Amsterdam to Brussels tours (10)
• Amsterdam to Rome tours (8)
• Amsterdam to Nice tours (6)
• Amsterdam to Arles tours (6)
• River Cruise from Amsterdam (238)
• Explorer from Amsterdam (206)
• Family from Amsterdam (201)
• Coach / Bus from Amsterdam (53)
• In-depth Cultural from Amsterdam (37)
• Private from Amsterdam (16)
• Self-Guided from Amsterdam (14)
• Bicycle from Amsterdam (11)
• Active from Amsterdam (5)
• Best 3 Weeks Europe Itineraries 2024/2025 (with Reviews)
• 10 Best Luxury River Cruises & Lines 2022
• Hiking in Europe in February
• Hiking in Europe in January
• Hiking in Europe in March
• Hiking in Europe in April
• Hiking in Europe in May
• Hiking in Europe in June
• Hiking in Europe in July
• Hiking in Europe in August
• Hiking in Europe in September
• Hiking in Europe in October
• Hiking in Europe in December

2 Day Amsterdam Itinerary : Top Things to Do In One of the Best Cities in Europe

Planning a trip to amsterdam.

Everything you need to have the best vacation ever with the best places to go, things to do, food to eat, and places to stay in Amsterdam! 

Amsterdam Guide + 2 Day Amsterdam Itinerary

Amsterdam is in the Netherlands (the area known as “Holland”), and is one of the top destinations in Europe, with good reason.

It’s a city like no other, with its beautiful brick buildings (having a variety of interesting rooftops) gracing the tree-lined canals.  There are over 160 canals.  You can spend hours strolling along and just enjoying the scenery.

The beautiful Vondelpark is green and plush– with ponds, fountains, and many residents jogging, biking, doing yoga, Crossfit, and just relaxing on the grass.  There is a laid-back feeling in town with enough things to do to keep you entertained, but not so many that you feel like you need to rush around.

This is the perfect 2 days in Amsterdam itinerary that is perfect for traveling solo, with friends, or as a family.

What to do in Amsterdam?

Keep reading for the perfect 2 day Amsterdam itinerary with all of the best things to do in Amsterdam.

2 Day Amsterdam Itinerary

Click here to search for the lowest flight prices  

Find the best prices on flights to Amsterdam here

Amsterdam 2 Day Itinerary

Where to stay in amsterdam.

The best area to stay in Amsterdam is in the Jordaan area (west of the center) or just south of Vondelpark (on the east, closest to the center of town).

Looking for the best place to stay in Amsterdam? Find the best prices at top-rated hotels here

Click here to read reviews and see prices on  Booking.com or Agoda.com

Click here to search for an apartment in Amsterdam

How to get around Amsterdam?

Use the tram for transportation.  It’s really easy, just buy a 24-hour pass at a designated store.  Single rides can be purchased on the tram.  Another option is to rent a bike for your stay and get around as the locals do.

2 Days in Amsterdam Itinerary

Download the  Rick Steves City Walk and take the informative free tour, or go on a free group walking tour with New Europe Tours

Have lunch on a canal in the Jordaan area.

Visit a museum (book it in advance).  The most popular are the Anne Frank House, Van Gogh, and Rembrandt.  They are less crowded in the late afternoon.

Indulge in a traditional Dutch pancake at Pancake House or find a bakery that makes stroopwafels– delicious waffle cookies with a caramel type filling!

Relax in Vondelpark

Enjoy dinner at a traditional Dutch restaurant near your accommodations

Click here to book a good tour, activity or get tickets now

Pack carry on only for your trip to Amsterdam!  Get the Ultimate Carry On Packing List

Get a FREE Carry On Packing Checklist download by signing up on my email list to the right→↑

Click here to check out my favorite carry on suitcase for international travel 

Get an early start and beat the crowds to the fun I AMsterdam sign, at Museumplein, for some great photos.

Walk to MacBike Vondelpark and rent bikes

Ride through Vondelpark, take your time, and enjoy- this was our favorite activity in Amsterdam!

Make sure to check out the Picasso sculpture in the park.

Ride or walk to lunch north of the park.  Stay in the park and have a picnic, or go to the foodie paradise– Foodhallen.

Visit another museum

Take an afternoon canal cruise on the open-air Canal Hopper Small Boat, or hire a private boat

Where to Eat in Amsterdam ?

Click here to join a dining experience, take a cooking class or go on a food tour with locals

Great food in Amsterdam

Collect a Dutch picnic to eat in Vondelpark: Dutch cheese, brown bread, olives, meats, or truffle cheese baguette 

Lunch or dinner near Jordaan:  Ivy & Bros (soup, salad, sandwiches), Moeders (traditional Dutch food), and Winkel 43 (apple pie)

Lunch in Jordaan: Cafe P96 on Prinsengracht 96

Breakfast or coffee in Jordaan: Moods Coffee Corner

Cheap eats with high ratings, but not Dutch:   The Lebanese Sajeria

North of the park: Foodhallen, Vegan Junk Food Bar

Traditional Dutch herring sandwich in the city center: Rob Wigboldus Vishandel or Stubbe’s herring

Pancakes: Pancakes Amsterdam

B ook your trip to Amsterdam!  

• Save time and money by using the best companies!  For a list of all of my favorite travel related companies, check out the Top Travel Resources
• Book your flight with Compare prices on flights with Skyscanner or read 8 Ways to Find Cheap Flight s
• Book your accommodations with Booking.com o
• Take carry on bags only! Check out my Ultimate Carry On Packing List , and learn how and what to pack for your trip!
• Get inspired by 66 Quotes About Travel
• Recommended Guidebook :   Rick Steves Amsterdam

Happy Travels!

Related posts you may also be interested in

4 Days In London: The Perfect London Itinerary (4 Days of Fun!)

The Perfect 2 to 4 Day Paris Itinerary: A Guide to the Best Things to Do (+ fun self-guided walking tour)

The Perfect Rome Itinerary: Top Things to Do In Italy’s Eternal City

  The Ideal Italy Itinerary: Best of Rome, Tuscany and Cinque Terre and The Perfect Rome Itinerary: Top Things to Do In Italy’s Eternal City

30 of the Best Places to Visit in Italy

The Perfect Greece Itinerary to Take Now! (Don’t Miss the Amazing Athens Itinerary)

The Ultimate Fun In Portugal Itinerary: Best of Algarve, Sintra, Lisbon, and Porto

The Perfect Spain Itinerary for 10 Days: Exploring the North and Madrid

The Perfect Croatia Itinerary: Istria, National Parks, Beaches, & Dubrovnik

Exploring the Beautiful Places of Switzerland Itinerary

Best of Sicily Itinerary: Palermo, Syracuse & Taormina (delicious local food included!)

Exploring Morocco Itinerary: Everything You Must See, Do, and Eat

More Travel Resources

Trip Advisor, Lonely Planet, Travel and Leisure, Forbes Travel

Share the Post!

Related posts.

BEST Carry On Luggage 2024 (Reviews of Top 10 Carry On Bags)

Best Berlin 3 Day Itinerary (or 1 or 2 days in Berlin)

The must have berlin history guide, privacy overview.

3 Days in Amsterdam Itinerary: See the Highlights, Skip the Rush

Amsterdam is one of the most popular tourist destinations in Europe, to the point that the city has started implementing a higher tourist tax and restricting cruise ships. Maneuvering around the crowds to see the city’s highlights takes some advance planning (plus it doesn’t hurt to visit in the off-season!)

When researching our Amsterdam trip, I saw a lot of itineraries that jam-packed every second of the day. But that wasn’t the kind of trip I enjoy, so I built this 3 days in Amsterdam itinerary to make sure we could see the most important sites, but also have time to wander and relax, because that what a city like Amsterdam is meant for.

Amsterdam Itinerary in a Nutshell

I developed this itinerary for our couple’s trip to Amsterdam, but it could easily be adapted for families (although I wouldn’t suggest the Anne Frank house for children under 8), and I also have some suggestions on things to do in Amsterdam with teens in a separate post.

I’ll go into more detail below but here is a quick overview and a map of the places included:

• Breakfast: Pancakes Amsterdam
• Canal cruise
• Fabel Friet
• Skinny Bridge
• Museum of Dutch Resistance WWII
• (Optional Portuguese Synagogue)
• Rembrandt Square
• Flower Market
• Book Market (on Fridays)
• Dinner: Kantjil & De Tijger
• Breakfast: Pancake Bakery
• Anne Frank House
• Noordermarkt
• Optional: Cheese Museum, Tulip Museum
• Lunch: Winkel 43, New Dutch Amsterdam, or Banh Mi Deli
• Nine Streets (De Negen Straatjes) (Optional: Joordan)
• Dinner: Moeders or Smelt
• Brunch: Collins West
• Rijksmuseum
• Back to Black Coffee Shop
• Van Gogh Museum
• Optional: Vondelpark
• Dinner: Jansz

This map was created using Google My Maps and covers this 3 days in Amsterdam itinerary. You can click on the star next to the title and save this to your Google Maps account or click on the share icon to send it to yourself via email.

3 Days in Amsterdam Itinerary

Note: This post contains affiliate links. If you click a link and make a purchase, I may receive a small commission at no cost to you.

This Amsterdam itinerary presumes that you have three full days and three nights to spend in the city. For our trip, we went over a holiday weekend so we only had to take one day off of work, leaving Thursday night from Boston, arriving Friday morning, and flying home on Monday.

Of course, if you are traveling from elsewhere in Europe, you won’t be nearly as jet lagged on your first day!

Day 1: Welcome to Amsterdam

If you are flying from the United States, you will likely arrive fairly early in the morning. The trip from Amsterdam Airport Schiphol to the city center is only about 20 minutes by car. You can take public transportation but it takes longer and after a long flight, and I like my arrival to go as smoothly and quickly as possible. I booked an airport transfer with Welcome Pickups . I’ve used them in many cities and they are always on-time and ultra-professional with very nice vehicles.

You will be tired when you arrive, so you don’t want to book too many scheduled activities, but you also don’t want waste your day. The best way to get over jet lag (beyond getting some sleep on the plane), is to take a walk in the fresh air.

I’d recommend staying in the Centraal neighborhood and the area on Prinsengracht is a perfect location. We stayed at the Andaz Amsterdam Prinsengracht and absolutely loved it, but more on that later.

Start off with a nice walk along the canals to breakfast. The Netherlands is famous for its Dutch pancakes, so you need to try as many as you can. Our plan was to go to Pancakes Amsterdam , but the location by our hotel was closed for renovation, but there is another near the Anne Frank House. We didn’t have quite enough time to go that far so we ended up with a quick bite at Joe & the Juice.

Once satisfied, I highly recommend taking a canal boat tour through the city. This is the perfect way to start to get a feel for the canals and landmarks, as well as learn a bit about Amsterdam’s history. There are many types of canal boat cruises and most of them leave from the area near the Centraal Train Station. However, I’d suggest a classic boat that hosts smaller groups for a more intimate experience.

I booked with Leemstar , because it leaves right from the Andaz hotel dock.   Leemstar’s Signature Amsterdam Discovery Cruise takes a maximum of 12 people on a 90-minute tour that kicks off with a class of Prosecco. Since we were visiting Amsterdam in January , we ended being the only guests on the 11:00 a.m. tour and therefore got a private tour!

After exploring Amsterdam by boat, you will probably be a little hungry. If you want to find a good place in Amsterdam, just look for the lines out front! (It is kind of like Japan in that way.) Just around the corner is one of the most famous frites stands in the city. Scan the QR code for the menu at Fabel Friet and hop in line because it moves quickly. Grab your fries and find a spot by the canal to watch the boats go by while you enjoy your snack.

If you need something sweet, pop into Banketbakkerij Het Koekemannetje next door for some freshly-baked cookies or shop for some cheese at the De Kaaskamer cheese shop (you will catch a whiff of the cheeses as you walk by the open door.) If you don’t taste any local cheeses here, don’t worry, you will see Henri Willig cheese shops all over and they have plenty of samples to nibble on.

You may be tempted to go back to the hotel and nap, but try if you can to stay awake just a while longer. Walk along the Singel Canal to the Bloemenmarkt (Flower Market) . This is a little disappointing as it is mostly a row of nondescript flower shops selling tulip bulbs (that we were warned often don’t come up), but maybe it is prettier in the spring.

Next you will come to Rembrandtplein , which is a large square that is surrounded by bars and restaurants. If you spot one of the locations of Heinen Delfts Blauw , this is a good spot to shop for authentic hand painted Delft pottery (and some imported stuff too.)

Cross over the Amstel River via the beautiful Blauwbrug Bridge , which has a nice view of the Skinny Bridge to the south. You will then head into what was the Jewish neighborhood, where you can see the Portuguese Synagogue (closed on Saturdays and closes early on Fridays), the Jewish Museum, the Holocaust Monument, and the Auschwitz Memorial.

I had hoped to visit the National Holocaust Museum but that is currently closed. Instead, we visited the Verzetsmuseum Amsterdam , which is the Museum of WWII Dutch Resistance. This museum does a great job telling the history of The Netherlands during WWII and the many forms of resistance attempted by every day citizens.

I think it was a good museum to set the stage for visiting the Anne Frank House, especially for those that don’t know as much about World War II and the Holocaust. The museum was very interactive, with short films, touch screens, and engaging exhibits. It would be appropriate for kids over eight to ten, depending on the kid. If you aren’t interested in this history, you could also take this time to explore the Red Light District on a tour or on your own.

If you are a book lover and visiting on a Friday, you may want to stop at the Amsterdam Book Market in Spui Square on your way back to the hotel. This reminds me of book markets in Bordeaux or the small shops along the Seine in Paris , with various sellers of used and collectible books. There are also a number of bookshops in the area. If you are hungry on the way, you may want to stop for stroopwafels. Van Wonderen Stroopwafels claim to be the world’s best and there is often a line out the door. Personally, I thought they were fine, but REALLY overpriced at €10 a pop!

You will be happy to go back to your hotel for a quick nap and a shower before dinner because by this time the jet lag is probably hitting hard! I’d suggest something casual for dinner and if you eat on the earlier side in Amsterdam, you can avoid the crowds, but I’d still suggest making reservations.

In case you weren’t aware, the Dutch East Indies, which was a Dutch colony, refers to Indonesia and therefore, you will find a lot of Indonesian food in the city. Since we don’t have those options at home, we were happy to try the Rijsttafel menu at Kantjil & de Tijger , especially since it was such a short walk from our hotel.

Day 2: Anne Frank | Centraal | Joordan

I would have loved to take a food tour, but unfortunately my favorite food tour company, Devour Tours , didn’t have any running during January or February, but it is something you can look into — just plan ahead so you can book your Anne Frank House tickets accordingly.

Instead, we started our day with pancakes — of course — at the Pancake Bakery located in a 17th Century warehouse very close to the Anne Frank House. We were able to walk right in, but you may want to book a table in advance.

One thing you will need to do six weeks before your visit is purchase your timed-entry tickets to the Anne Frank House . Tickets go on sale every Tuesday at 10:00 am CEST for a visit in six weeks.  Set a reminder (or an alarm) and book as soon as possible because they absolutely will sell out, even in low season.

I recommend booking an early time slot. One thing you will soon notice about Amsterdam is that the locals get a late start (some breakfast places don’t open until 8 or 9 a.m.), but the visitors still hit the streets by 9 or 10 a.m. When you purchase your tickets, you will have a choice to buy just the self-guided visit with an audioguide or a ticket that includes a 30-minute program before you take the self-guided tour.

If you have not read the Diary of Anne Frank , I would suggest booking the program. They bring you up to a classroom and walk you through the timeline of the Franks’ life in Amsterdam and their time in hiding. You can also see a replica of her original diary and take pictures in this room (no photos are allowed in the museum or house itself.)

Again, I wouldn’t recommend visiting with children under eight, but there were only one or two images in the introductory films in the museum which were graphic and included pictures from concentration camps. Visiting the museum and walking through the building where the families hid, imagining that many people living in what are now just empty rooms is moving and powerful, as you would expect.

It can be hard for some to imagine the horrors of the Jewish people trying to survive under the Nazi regime but seeing this through the eyes of a young girl hopefully humanizes it for visitors and creates a deeper understanding of what happened.

The Westerkerk (church) is right next door if you want to take a look. The front was covered in scaffolding when we visited so we didn’t look to see if there was still a way inside. Instead, we crossed the Prinsengracht canal and walked up to the Noordermarkt , which is a farmer’s market and vintage market that is held every Saturday. This is a fun way to mix with locals and maybe find some interesting souvenirs.

In that area you can also pop into the Amsterdam Cheese Museum , where they offer tastings, or the Amsterdam Tulip Museum . This shop sells bulbs (and tells you how and when to plant them based on where you live) and tulip-related souvenirs. But you can also pay €5 to visit the small but interactive museum downstairs, which tells the history of tulips in The Netherlands. Did you know that most tulips are native to the Himalaya region?

By then, you may be getting hungry again. You can stop at Winkel 43 , which is famous for its apple pie, but if the line is too long, New Dutch Amsterdam is close by and has a good brunch/lunch. For something more casual, I’ve heard that Banh Mi Deli has amazing sandwiches, but it is mostly take out and you need to find a spot by the canal to eat.

After lunch, I’d suggest heading into the city center and visiting DAM Square . From here you are only five minutes up Damrak to Central Station and very close to a number of museums such as Madame Tussaud’s, Ripley’s Believe it or Not, and not too far from the NEMO Science Center, all fun options when visiting with kids.

The square is also surrounded by important landmarks such as the Royal Palace (Koninklijk Palace), which is no longer home to the Dutch Royal family, but is still used to hold official receptions. The  New Church  (Nieuwe Kerk) is also used for art exhibitions, and Beurs van Berlage, an old stock exchange building, which is now used as a concert hall and an exhibition space. In the square you will also see the National Memorial statue, built in the memory of Dutch soldiers and members of the resistance who died in World War II. 

If you want to pack your day, you can certainly take in some of these sights, or explore the Red Light District. However, I think it is nice to use the rest of the day to wander the small streets and canals, soak in the atmosphere, and maybe do some shopping along Kalverstraat in the city center where you will find many global brands, or the cuter, more unique fashion boutiques in the Nine Streets (De Negen Straatjes). You can also wander through the hipster residential neighborhood of the Joordan.

Take some time to relax before heading back out for dinner (remember to make reservations in advance!) For traditional Dutch cuisine (think meat and potatoes), head to the quirky Moeder’s Restaurant . Moeder means mother in Dutch and the restaurant’s walls are lined with photos of mothers. You will find a mix of locals and visitors but it is far enough off the beaten track to not feel touristy.

Another great option is Restaurant Smelt , near the Andaz. This is a small, cozy fondue restaurant that serves a variety of different fondues and appetizers such as charcuterie, paired with a nice wine list. The Dutch-style fondue was definitely my favorite! We ended up going here for lunch and Moeder’s for dinner.

Day 3: Museums

Today is your day to tick off some of Amsterdam’s most famous museums. Start off with a delicious Middle Eastern-style brunch at Collins West (or Little Collins if you are staying closer to De Pijp.) You can make a reservation but if you go early, this hipster hot spot isn’t crowded.

Next, reserve your timed-entry ticket to the Rijksmuseum for a morning time slot (we picked 11 a.m.) to avoid the crowds that gather mid-day. You can pay extra for the audio guide, but I’d recommend just downloading the official app in advance and bringing along your own ear buds. It is the same as the audio guide device. The app allows you to select from a variety of preset tours, depending on your interests and how much time you have.

We were able to complete the highlights tour in just under an hour. The Rijksmuseum houses over 8,000 Dutch and European artworks from across 800 years of history including Rembrandt’s “The Night Watch,” Vermeer’s “The Milkmaid,” and Van Gogh’s self-portrait.

After the Rijksmuseum, you can take a little time to wander through Vondelpark or get a bite to eat before hitting another museum in the Museum Quarter . We walked over to the cozy Back to Black coffee shop, which is a local hangout for pour-over coffee, tea, and baked goods. if you are lucky, you can get a seat near the very docile cafe cat.

Before you leave Amsterdam, you should check out the Van Gogh Museum . Dedicated to the works of Vincent Van Gogh and his associates, the museum provides insights into the timeline of his troubled life and the stages of his work. It can be a bit challenging to interpret all this on your own, because the museum does get very crowded.

I would highly recommend booking The Complete Life of Van Gogh: Closing Time at the Museum tour with Take Walks. We had an excellent guide in Eduardo, who taught me more about Van Gogh than I had previously ever learned, even at the interactive Van Gogh exhibits. I always find it very helpful to have a guide in a busy museum to help tell the stories behind the art and the artist and highlight some of the most notable pieces. I never took art history but I’ve learned so much by visiting museums around the world this way!

I understand though that art museums aren’t for everyone so if you want to take your third day in Amsterdam to do more exploring, there is still plenty to see! You can take the ferry over the NDSM Wharf , which was a former shipyard and it has become a cultural hotspot with a vibrant artist community and plenty of bars and restaurants. Our canal boat pilot suggested eating at Pllk, which is made out of old shipping containers and has awesome views (probably great in good weather.)

You could also check out the Albert Cuyp Markt  in De Pijp or the Heineken Experience (for those over 18). If you are visiting in spring, consider taking a day trip to see the flower fields (you need to plan this in advance) or the windmills.

Finish your time in Amsterdam with a special meal at Jansz Amsterdam , which offers modern Dutch cuisine in a sprawling space broken into multiple rooms to still keep an intimate feel.

This three day Amsterdam itinerary will let you see all the highlights, but still have time to be spontaneous and enjoy exploring or relaxing. If you stay in a different area, you may want to swap out some restaurant suggestions or reorder, but this guide takes you through each of the main neighborhoods in central Amsterdam.

Where to Stay in Amsterdam

I loved our stay at the Andaz Amsterdam Prinsengracht , which I booked using some of my World of Hyatt points. The location is absolutely perfect for exploring the city on foot. I was so impressed with the level of service and the room size and amenities (including a complimentary mini bar.)

The rooms aren’t ideal for families and I’m not a huge fan of the open bathroom floorpan, but it still worked well for a couples trip to Amsterdam.

Find other places to stay in Amsterdam:

Visiting Amsterdam? You may also be interested in…

• Things to do in Amsterdam with teens
• 7 Things to know before visiting Amsterdam in January

Save this to Pinterest

Tamara Gruber is the Founder and Publisher of We3Travel. A former marketing executive and travel advisor, Tamara is an award-winning travel writer and recognized expert in family travel. Tamara is a member of SATW and the Adventure Travel Trade Association, and serves on the Board of the Family Travel Association. She is also the publisher of YourTimetoFly.com and the co-host of the Vacation Mavens travel podcast.

Find this useful? Share it!

Publish Date: February 2, 2024

SIGN UP FOR OUR NEWSLETTER & RECEIVE A FAMILY VACATION PLANNING KIT!

We3Travel.com will use the information you provide on this form to send you newsletters. You can unsubscribe at any time by clicking the link in the footer of any email you receive from us, or by contacting [email protected] . By clicking below, you agree that we may process your information in accordance with these terms.

Start typing and press enter to search

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar
• Skip to footer

The Opinionated Travelogue of a Photo Maniac

• Middle East
• North America
• South America
• Pacific Islands
• FOOD & WINE
• TRAVEL GUIDES
• TRAVEL RESOURCES
• Rants & Raves
• Travel Blogger Interviews
• Contact Form
• Privacy Policy
• Featured Elsewhere

2 Weeks in Europe – 10 Excellent Trip Itineraries

Last Modified: January 31, 2024 //  by  Anda //   106 Comments

If you are planning a 2 weeks trip to Europe and need some itinerary ideas for your vacation you have come to the right place. As someone born and raised in Europe, I can give you some good advice when it comes to my home continent.

14 days may sound like a long trip, but not on this incredibly diverse continent. With so many attractions, sights to see and cultures to experience, your 2 weeks vacation in Europe will go by in the blink of an eye! 

Table of Contents

How to Plan a Perfect Europe Trip Itinerary

• london, paris, and amsterdam, • lisbon, madrid, barcelona , • rome, florence, and venice ,  • prague, vienna, and budapest.

•  • Berlin, Dresden and Wroclaw     
• • Zurich, Lucerne, Lugano and Milan      
• • Oslo, Stockholm, Copenhagen      
•  • Riga, Tallin, and Vilnius      
• • Athens, Istanbul, Bucharest        
•  • Ljubljana, Split, Dubrivnik, Kotor     

How to Plan a 2 Weeks Trip to Europe

• Tips for Spending 2 Weeks in Europe 

A Final Note

If this is your first time in Europe, you probably have quite a few places on your Europe bucket list . Without knowing anything about you or your interests, I can only give you basic, generic advice.

Below is a list of 10 suggested itineraries for for a 2-week trip to Europe. The itineraries are grouped according to the different European regions. However, you can choose any combination from the cities listed here, according to your tastes and interests.

Best Western Europe Trip 2-Week Itinerary

These three cities have more than enough to keep you engaged for 2 weeks. You can easily spend the entire two weeks in Paris , if you were to visit all its amazing churches and museums.

London, Amsterdam and Paris are among the Europe’s greatest cities and enjoy a perennial popularity, despite the many problems they have been facing lately. I think they are worth seeing at least once, even though they are always crowded.  

You have excellent direct flights, trains, or bus connections between all three. There are overnight trains between Lisbon and Madrid that run daily, departing at 11:34 p.m. and arriving in Madrid at 8:40 a.m. Also, there are direct flights, trains, or busses from Madrid to Barcelona.   

All these Iberian cities are packed with culture, culinary delights and incredible landscapes. They are easy to reach from most major airports from around the world.

Although you could easily spend two weeks in Spain alone, visiting other historical places like Toledo , or Cordoba for instance, I suggest including Portugal in your European itinerary as well. Lisbon , its capital city, is not only very romantic and cultured, but also quite inexpensive. 

Book  this private walking tour of the highlights of Lisbon and enjoy the history of this city.

These are three of Italy’s most captivating and rewarding cities. If you like archeology, you’ll love Rome ! Florence and Venice are also very charming cities, although quite different from Rome. If you prefer to spend your time in one single country, this combination is one the best itineraries for a 2 weeks trip to Europe.  

Italy has a wealth of archeological sites, most of which are concentrated in relatively compact areas. These three cities also have excellent train, bus, and plain connections (buy your ticket on omio.com ).

Sicily is another great place in Europe where you can easily spend 2 weeks. There are so many archeological sites and  beautiful towns in Sicily to add to your list! I promise that you won’t get bored if you choose to spend your entire European vacation on this island. 

Palermo alone can easily justify a 10-day Italy itinerary . You have good bus connections between cities, but Sicily is best explored by car . You can choose visit the nearby Malta if you go to Sicily.

Central Europe 2 Weeks Trip Itinerary

Central Europe is becoming increasingly popular. 30 years ago, cities like Prague , Budapest , Dresden, or Wroclaw were largely unknown to the world traveler. But after the fall of communism, Central Europe experienced a strong cultural and tourist revival.

These three capitals have it all: beautiful architecture, fascinating history, packed concert calendars, and delicious food. For those who want to tour Central Europe, this trip itinerary is perfect.

Traveling by rail is the best way to go between these three, as distances are relatively short. You can buy tickets at the station right before the train is scheduled to depart.      

READ NEXT : Budapest Travel Tips and Practical Information for First Time Visitors

 • Berlin, Dresden and Wroclaw      

Combining the cosmopolitan  Berlin with the  phoenix-city  of Dresden and the picturesque Wroclaw, will give you a great understanding of what makes this part of Europe so fascinating. You have direct trains between all these cities.

• Zurich, Lucerne, Lugano and Milan        

You can never go wrong with Switzerland and the northern part of Italy! Cities like Lucerne, Zurich, Lugano and Milan have stunning scenery, art museums, old cathedrals, historic palaces, and more charm than you can imagine.  However they are not very big, so 2-3 days in each one would most likely be enough.  

The best way to move between these cities is by rail. Switzerland is famous for its top of the line panoramic trains , so you can choose to travel from Lucerne to Lugano aboard the  Gotthard Panorama Express.  You can also take the same route on a non-panoramic train  if you want to avoid paying the mandatory reservation fee.

READ NEXT : 10 Days in Switzerland Itinerary by Scenic Trains

Northern Europe 2 Weeks Itinerary

• oslo, stockholm, copenhagen        .

These three cities are definitely in a league of their own. Although they can’t compete with Rome’s historic sites or with the charm of Paris, Copenhagen , Oslo and Stockholm have stunning architecture, world-class museums, and some of the best shopping and dining in Europe.

If you plan to spend your 2 weeks vacation in Northern Europe during the summer months, this trip itinerary is your best bet. While the rest of Europe is be boiling hot, Northern Europe enjoys much cooler temperatures and longer days in summer.

READ NEXT : 10 Fantastic Things to Do in Stockholm in a Week

  • Riga , Tallin, and Vilnius       

I can’t mention Northern Europe without including a tour of the Baltic capitals. The Baltic States of Latvia, Estonia, and Lithuania weren’t even on the map when I was growing up. But like many other European countries that lived in the shadow of the Soviet Union till the 90s, they have enjoyed a true renaissance in the past years.

If you want to travel somewhere your friends haven’t even heard of, you should visit the Baltic capitals. Plus these are among the cheapest countries to visit in Europe .

South-Eastern Europe – 2 Weeks Trip Itineraries

The Balkan Peninsula is the most culturally diverse in Europe. This region has also an extremely varied topography. Bordered by the Adriatic and Ionian Sea to the west, Aegean Sea to the south, the Sea of Marmara to the southeast and the Black Sea to the east, the Balkan countries are stunningly beautiful.

There are so many great destinations in South-Eastern Europe, that it’s difficult to decide which ones to include into your trip itinerary. Here are two suggestions:

• Athens, Istanbul, Bucharest          

If you plan to build your itinerary around these three cities, you could spend 3 days in Athens , 7 days in Istanbul and 2-3 days in Bucharest . Or you can choose spend your entire 2 weeks trip to Europe by visiting just one country. We did that last year and took a road trip in the Peloponnese. It was an unexpected success, it was pleasant and we had a great time there. Peloponnese is one of the less explored parts of Greece, but is so beautiful that you won’t believe. It has plenty of beach town, some of which are nicer and more sophisticated that the Ritzi Greek island, like the beach tow of Nafplio .

Countries like Greece , Turkey, or Romania have plenty of amazing sites to keep you entertained and engaged for 14 days. 

The best way to travel between these 3 countries is by plane. Between Istanbul and Athens you an use Pegasus Airlines (a budget airline) and between Istanbul and Bucharest you can use Turkish Airlines.

 • Ljubljana , Split , Dubrivnik, Kotor      

These four cities will take you through 3 of the most beautiful countries in the Balkans: Slovenia, Croatia and Montenegro . The best way to travel between these cities would be by car or by bus, as there are no train connections between Split and Dubrovnik.

For those who want to rent a car to drive through the Balkans, I recommend this 14 days Balkans road trip itinerary . If you have a car, you can extend your itinerary to some other points of interest in this region.

Planning a trip to Europe? Read next: 12 Tips for Traveling to Europe Like a Pro

Being born and raised in Europe I always get asked these two questions:  when is the best time go to Europe and what is the best itinerary for a first time visit to Europe. My answer it’s always the same: it depends what you want to do in Europe and how much time you can spend there.

If this is your first time in Europe and all you have is 14 days, there are a few things to consider before deciding what to add to your list:      

 • Keep your travel plans simple      

Most first time visitors to Europe are determined to see as much as possible on that first trip. Keep in mind that Europe is a big and diverse continent. There is a lot to see everywhere you go. Fitting all your bucket-listed locations in a 2 weeks trip to Europe is nearly impossible.      

 • Start with the most popular cities   

Your first trip to Europe is not the best time to go off the beaten path. I recommend sticking to the big cities, even though they are more crowded. Major European cities have it all: top notch museums, beautiful architecture, great restaurants and a vibrant nightlife.

Besides, they are big transportations hubs and are cheaper for flying in and out of Europe.

• Choose to visit places that are close to each other   

The closest major European cities are at least two hours apart, whether you travel by car, by train, or by plane. Transit between cities takes at least half a day, if you consider the time you need to check out of one hotel and check into your next one. Therefore, you won’t be able to do much sightseeing on the day you travel.        

 • Plan to spend at least 3-4 days in each city you visit   

While it’s possible to cover more than half a dozen countries in your 14 days in Europe, just running between destinations doesn’t mean you actually visited them! If you want to see at least the major sights, you should plan to spend a minimum of 3-4 days in each city you visit.

• Book an open-jaw ticket     

If you plan on touring a specific region or doing a multi-destination trip, you can often save a lot of time and money with booking one.

Once you’re further along in your planning process, you can use our  Travel Resources page for the best deals in airfare, accommodations and local guided tours.

• Rent a car only if you are planning to travel outside the big cities, where parking is expensive and difficult to find. Nonetheless, sometimes renting a car will save you a lot of time and is obviously more comfortable. We usually use Discovercars when we travel in Europe.

Tips for Spending 2 Weeks in Europe  

• book accommodations in the city center      .

Hotel rates are higher in the city center, but it’s worth paying the extra dollars if you can afford it. You’ll save time and money on transportation.     

• Use Hotel Alternatives

AirBnB or VRBO   for lodging instead of booking hotel rooms, especially if you travel in a bigger group. They are a much better deal and have beautiful apartments all around the world. For the same price you would pay for an average hotel, you could rent an entire apartment.    

• Don’t exchange money in the airport   

Airports, train stations, or tourist areas have the worst exchange rates. But if you look for an exchange office outside these areas, your hard earned money can go a way longer way. If no exchange booths are around, use the ATM machines throughout the city.    

   • Consider using public transportation

Driving a car Europe is an expensive and inconvenient complication. None of these European cities were built with cars in mind, so the roads are crowded and full of restrictions. Rather than worrying  about parking fees, one way streets, and pedestrian zones, consider using public transportation during your 2 weeks in Europe.     

 • Travel by train, or use budget airlines  

Train travel through Europe is one of the best ways to see the continent. The rail network is extremely developed and train service is very reliable. For longer distances, flying one of the many European airlines is also a great option.

There are over a dozen budget airlines in Europe that fly anywhere on the continent for unbelievably low prices. They charge extra for seats and luggage, but even so you can fly for as low as €30-40/one way.    

   • Dress comfortably

Dressing comfortably when you travel to Europe is very important, but avoid looking like a tourist. Not sure how to blend in with the locals? Read my guide about how to dress like a European .  

Buy the best shoes you can afford. I can stress enough the importance of wearing comfortable shoes while traveling in Europe. Many of the old European cities are still paved with cobble stones which are very rough on your soles.

   • Travel off season  

Everyone wants to travel when the weather is stable, but summers can be brutal in Europe: big crowds, expensive accommodations and airfare, busy trains and public transportation and very hot.

The best time to visit Europe is in fall or in spring, when temperatures are milder and there are less crowds. December is also a very popular time of year to visit Europe, when most European cities dress up for the holidays .

• Get acquainted with the European lifestyle

Most travelers to Europe expect to encounter cultural differences, yet when confronted with them they are always caught off guard. I wrote a very detailed post about what will surprise you as a first time visitor to Europe. These are very useful tips that you will need before traveling to Europe.

READ NEXT : 15 Cheapest Countries to Visit in Europe

This guide is a good resource if you intend to visit Europe independently. However, if you prefer an organized tour there are plenty of great tours of Europe to choose from.

Hope the itineraries above gave you some idea on how to travel Europe in 2 weeks. And if you like a place you saw, make a plan to return and explore it more in depth. Two weeks in Europe will not be enough to see this magical continent.

Did you enjoy this post? Please pin it to help other travelers to Europe:

RELATED POSTS:

• 10 Most Beautiful European Cities to Visit in Your Lifetime
• Prague vs Budapest: Which City Is Better?
• Travel Tips For Europe (Don’t Get Caught by Surprise)
• What to Buy in Paris – 15 French Souvenirs Everyone Will Love

Anda is an award winning travel writer, avid globetrotter and passionate photographer. She is the voice behind "Travel Notes & Beyond," a collection of stories and travel impressions from her wanderings around the world. When she is not busy writing, traveling, or editing photographs, you can find her hiking in the foothills behind her house together with her husband and their dog.

Reader Interactions

Vipin Singh

January 13, 2024 at 6:56 am

Greetings from Singapore Anda. I am an avid traveler but have only done Asia so far. I am planning my first Europe trip in this upcoming June, mid month. I have circled down to 4 cities that iam keen on going to. But now, after reading much online, i figured that it will be more ideal to include just 3 cities in my itinerary. I had London, Paris, Rome, Spain (Madrid/Barcelo) in mind initially. I am looking for advice to reduce one city if needed for this trip. I have 13 days to spend (including arrival date to London in the morning before 7am. And excluding departure date) Appreciate your reply.

January 16, 2024 at 2:24 pm

Since this is your first trip to Europe, I’d go to London, Paris and Rome. I’m sure you won’t regret it.

Chetan Sahu

October 7, 2023 at 5:59 am

Planning my dream 2-week European adventure, and this guide is a goldmine of itinerary ideas! From the iconic cities to hidden gems, it’s packed with invaluable tips for an unforgettable trip. So, which European journey will I embark on? The possibilities are endless!

Chandra Bdr Gurung

July 6, 2023 at 11:43 pm

Excellent advice for those who are first-time visitors. This blog really impressed me. Europe has some really interesting sites to visit.

Ana Delos Santos

April 28, 2023 at 10:55 am

Hi, this is really helpful for 1st time Travelers in Europe. Just want to also ask you, for a 2 week Europe Trip, what do you advise to those traveling with Kids that wanted to visit countries in Europe with an Entry and Exit point from the Philippines? Thanks for the possible response. God bless you.

April 28, 2023 at 11:58 am

I am not aware that coming from the Philippines (with or without kids) may pose any problem for entering any country in Europe. However, if you want further more detailed information you should check the respective country’s entry requirements. Sorry I can’t be of more help.

basil swamy

March 22, 2023 at 11:36 am

Looking for Europe tour starting from India, for honeymoon would like to explore Europe. Places need to cover Norway Amsterdam Brussels Paris Switzerland Pissa Florence Rome Venice

Travel dates will be 9Jun to 29Jun It should be not very expensive , reasonable place to stay either good apartment or good Hotel You can suggest if some needs to be cut short or some other place. Do not want any museum or historical place to cover. It should be main and popular area only.

March 22, 2023 at 7:16 pm

I’m sorry, but I am not a travel agent, Basil. You can use my post for reference in order build your own itinerary.

July 13, 2022 at 2:52 pm

Great guide – but overwhelming!! My wife and I are taking our first trip to Europe next year – a long kid- and COVID- delayed 20th/25th/30th anniversary! – and want to make the most of our 3 weeks. But you just listed 31 must-see cities, and suggested 3-4 days per city!! 🙂

My wife wants to “see the highlights” – if we never can come back, what should we make sure we see? I think we’d probably be best served by a managed tour, but maybe I can cobble together something with even hand-holding? 🙂 Advice would be *so* appreciated!

July 13, 2022 at 6:16 pm

Hi Rick, Thanks for reading my guide. I have indeed 31 must-see cities in Europe, but those are 10 independent itineraries and each one of them is for two weeks. If you want to spend 3 weeks in Europe you definitely won’t be able to include all those places in your itinerary. I can give you a few suggestions for a 3-week itinerary, but planning the trip in detail will require a lot of effort from your part.

You’ll need to research each destination and decide what you’d like to see once you get there, book hotels, check timetables for trains and busses, or maybe rent a car in some places, etc. Since I don’t know anything about your travel style, I can’t tell you whether to attempt this trip on your own, or book a guided tour. Many people prefer to be care-free when they travel and just sit back and enjoy. We like to travel independently and do our own planning, but I can assure you it’s not easy. One other option would be to book local guided tours in each country, but travel independently between countries.This way you’ll have more control over what countries you may want to visit.

In regards to the “highlights” of Europe, there are so many! But regardless of what you choose, you shouldn’t include more than 4 countries in 3 weeks because you’ll have to account for the days you loose when moving from one place to another. Here are my suggestions. My first choice for Europe would be Italy, France and Spain. They are rich in culture and architecture and have gorgeous scenery. My second choice is Portugal, Switzerland and Croatia. Not as culturally rich as Italy, or France, but surely breathtakingly beautiful. If you are looking for less expensive destinations, Central and Eastern European countries are more budget friendly (Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania).

I hope this helps. I have lots of European destination on my blog in case you want to do some further reading. And remember: no matter what country you choose, you’ll love Europe!

July 6, 2021 at 11:40 am

Hi there Anda!

Me and my are planning eloping and then honeymooning to Europe. Neither of us have been and I have family in the Sicily area. I originally wanted to go to Hawaii as I am an avid beach lover and have been to many in search of the most beautiful beach. My finance enjoys the beach, but is definitely more of a historian. So, I would like to encompass a little of both. We plan on late September or sometime in October….14 days. What are your thoughts? Do you think we should use a travel agent? Thanks so much!

July 6, 2021 at 1:24 pm

Hi Carrie, September-October is a great time of year for visiting Italy and I think Sicily is a wonderful choice if you like beaches. It has plenty of historic sites, so it’s the best of both worlds: history and beaches. I have a lot of information about Sicily on this blog, so for further reading you can go under Destinations > Europe > Italy > Sicily and read more. I also have a very informative post about driving in Sicily, should you decide to rent a car for your trip.

I don’t believe you need a travel agent to design your itinerary or make reservations for you. At the bottom of my home page there are some links that you can use to check out prices. I also have a Resource Page if you need more information on car rental and lodging. And if you need more itinerary ideas, read this post: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/10-days-in-italy-itinerary/ . It includes 4 itinerary ideas for Italy to choose from. Please let me know if you need any further assistance.

March 1, 2021 at 10:40 am

This is very informative. My husband and I have been to several countries in Europe, but not our son. He wants to go to Germany, and I think with more than 2 weeks travel time that we will have, a visit to several cities in Central Europe will make sense to us. My friend in Zurich will be happy to take us around.

March 1, 2021 at 7:38 pm

Hope you’ll get to visit Germany, Umiko. I have relatives in Münich and go to Germany quite often.

January 27, 2021 at 3:03 am

Hi Anda, I have to say, this is a great itinerary for first time travelers. I’ve been living in Europe for almost 2 years now but I still have not seen most of the places in this list and I would consider myself a “first time traveler” to most of these destinations. It gave me tons of ideas though once we finally get to travel again and I love your pctures.

January 28, 2021 at 2:05 pm

Thanks, Marielle.

I love Croatia

January 9, 2021 at 6:09 am

Absolutely stunning! Thank you on a detailed impressive guide!

January 9, 2021 at 10:51 am

Thanks, Karlo.

October 22, 2020 at 8:00 am

Hi Anda! Thank you for all of your articles and tips! I’m trying to soak everything in while planning for a 2-week trip next August 2021. I know you said August is the worst time to go to Europe but I am to be a part of a bridal entourage early that month and have no leeway in that regard – hoping to make the best of it! What are your suggestions for 3 first time Europe travelers to make the MOST of our time but with about three days locked in at London for the ceremony? I was thinking of coming a week before the festivities and staying a week after, putting the wedding in the middle of the two weeks – if that makes sense. Please help! Thank you so much, Christine

October 22, 2020 at 4:59 pm

Hi Christine, A wedding in London sounds like a great reason to visit Europe. The good news is that London is not so hot in August as other cities in Europe. Here are my recommendations for you:

1. I would get the wedding out of the way and then go on with my travel plans. Or leave it for the end of the trip, but not place it in the middle.

2. I would avoid big, crowded cities (like Paris or Rome) where the asphalt radiates even more heat in summer. Keep in mind that many of the buildings in Europe don’t have air conditioning, so there is very little relief from the heat.

3. Rather than big cities, I would visit places that have a breeze, or have access to the Mediterranean, or the Adriatic Sea. My personal favorites for summer are the French Riviera (Nice, Monaco, Cannes), Italy (the Amalfi Coast, or Sicily), Croatia’s Dalmatian Coast (Dubrovnik, Split, Pula, etc.) Italy, France and Croatia seem like good options for you since they are also close to England.

4. Other great countries to visit in August are: Austria, Switzerland and Germany. For instance, you could spend 1-2 days in Vienna, then go to Salzburg and use it as a base for wonderful day trips in the Alps. Or stay 2 days in Zurich and do a Switzerland itinerary. You can also do a combination of countries, but I wouldn’t visit more than two considering that you already have London on your list.

Hope this helps. Please let me know if you have any further questions. I’m sure your trip is going to be great!

October 18, 2020 at 11:25 am

Hi: A friend and I would like to visit somewhere in Europe for 2 or so weeks, and stay in a smaller village and “live” like a local. Yet, also be close enough to other places or countries to take day trips via public transportation. Any suggestions?

October 19, 2020 at 4:47 pm

Your friend could stay for instance in one of the many villages on the French Riviera (like Ezé Village) which are close to Nice,and visit the the entire coast in two weeks. Or perhaps stay in one of the villages in Tuscany, which are close to Florence, and many other fascinating places in Italy.

RAJEEV JAIN

October 6, 2020 at 10:14 pm

Me & my wife wants to cover Europe in 20-30 days. Just for your information I had travelled to Italy & covered Rome, Florence, Venice & Milan. I want to cover other countries & beautiful cities of Europe. Can you suggest best time & an itinerary to visit except July/August when the weather is pleasant & one can travel in budget.

October 7, 2020 at 4:23 pm

Hi Rajeev, late September to early October is a great time to travel to Europe. So is spring, late April to early June. As for an itinerary, you can cover a lot of territory in a month in Europe. I would suggest visiting some of the countries in the Balkans (Croatia, Montenegro, Slovenia).I have a complete itinerary for the Balkans on my blog, if you are interested. Also, you could visit the Baltic countries (Estonia, Lithuania, Latvia) and Sweden. Eastern European countries like Hungary and Romania are also good choice for a fall visit. Hope this helps.

Mitos Soria

February 13, 2020 at 6:19 am

Hello, me my friend will be traveling to Europe in August 2020 ( I know not a good time to go there) for the first time. We have 2 weeks to go to cities we prefer. And that is Italy and Paris. We are in for outlet shopping, visit museum and architectures. Can you recommend us a place to go to met our preferences? And if we would add one more country what would that be? By the way we are flying from Manila. Thank you very much.

February 13, 2020 at 11:09 am

Hi Mitos, even though August it’s kind of hot in Europe, I’m sure you’ll have a lot of fun. Especially if you plan to go shopping, hahaha! Paris and Rome are great places to shop and so is Milan and London. I also like shopping in Vienna, where they have a big pedestrian area (the Graben) lined up with stores. All these cities have magnificent architecture, old churches and palaces that you can visit. Prices are a little higher in Europe than they are in Asia or the US, but I love shopping there just the same. They have so much trendier clothing stores than we do. My favorite one is Massimo Dutti, you should check it out.

SHYAMSUNDER GAIKWAD

February 2, 2020 at 3:29 pm

Hi Anda, Me and my wife plan to travel to Europe for about 10 to 14 days(depends) from the first week of August’2020 (After my sons final semester Exams). Flight ticket are yet to be booked. This would be our first trip to Europe. We plan to cover Europe in six visits, this would be our first. Both of have past our half century mark and have taken a sabbatical. Could you please suggest us an Itinerary? Is August a good time to travel

February 2, 2020 at 3:30 pm

Hi Shyamsunder, August is one of the worst times to go to Europe: it’s hot, it’s expensive and it’s crowded. I know you may be bound to your son’s vacation time, so if August is the only time you have available, I would suggest going to Northern Europe. You can visit Sweden, Norway, and the Baltic countries (Lithuania, Estonia and Latvia). Either that, or choose to spend your entire vacation in southern Italy, in places close to the sea (Capri, Positano, Cinque Terre, or Sicily).

January 27, 2020 at 1:23 pm

Thanks for your insight and prompt response. Travel planning can be overwhelming and your site has been extremely helpful. The more I dig into options and different itiniraries my gut keeps saying to stick with Italy and you helped confirm this even more! Another thought was to combine a 7n cruise but again my gut (and hubby) prefers a land based trip. So sticking with Italy it seems just 3 cities maybe better (based on your suggestion) with day trips mixed in…Venice, Rome & Florence. Initial plan was for Cique Terre which maybe too much. The idea of Lake Cumo is a really good one! Now need to explore those logistics!

Anda Galffy

January 27, 2020 at 1:28 pm

Glad I could be of help, Sandra. Just one last note: keep in mind that Rome is a big city, rich in history and archeological sites. You will need at least 4-5 days to explore it properly. Have a wonderful trip.

January 27, 2020 at 1:22 pm

Hi Anda, Just found your site and love the information. We are late in planning our 20th anniversary trip to Italy in May. We have 16 days so 14 nights exculuding travel. This is our first time to Europe (other than Greece) in a very long time. Initial thoughts are fly into Venice 2n, Florence, 4n, Cinque Terre 4n, Rome 4n – Now second guessing about all Italy (which I know is all good) but maybe adding Amsterdam or another city and subtracting days from Italy. Any thoughts input appreciated!

Hi Sandra, first of all congratulations on your 20th anniversary! Italy is a great choice to mark this important event in your life and I’m sure this will be a trip to remember. My personal opinion is that Italy has so much to offer that it’s not a good idea to add Amsterdam to the mix. The two-week European itineraries I recommend in my post are for people who want to get a feel of Europe and explore some of the big cities. I think you’ll be better off spending all your time in Italy and exploring as much as you can there. Instead of Amsterdam, you could go to Lake Como, for instance. It’s a very romantic destination for an anniversary.

January 18, 2020 at 10:37 pm

Anda So glad I found your site. I’m in the beginning stages of planning a trip for late 2020 (Christmas time) for my husband and myself. I think you’ve helped me decide on Italy. Christmas is the only time he has vacation so we’re locked in to that time of year. We’d both like to see Pompeii, so I was thinking Naples to Rome and ending up in Venice. We have 2 weeks, so I think we could take our time and stop if we’d like to see something along the way. What do you think about going to Italy this time of year? Are trains reliable in winter? Thanks for any help you can give me. Karen

January 19, 2020 at 12:01 am

Hi karen, Italy is actually a great choice for winter, particularly in December when you’ll have the Christmas markets everywhere. Prices may be still pretty high because of the Holidays, but there will definitely be less crowds. You may expect colder weather in Northern Italy (Rome and Venice), but the Amalfi Coast (Pompeii and Naples) will be beautiful. I don’t think you’ll have any issues with the trains. It doesn’t snow often in northern Italy and even if does, the weather doesn’t impact public transportation. I think you’ll enjoy Italy tremendously! It’s a great place to visit. You may want to check this post as well if you are traveling to Rome: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/best-areas-to-stay-in-rome/

cybele ryan

January 23, 2020 at 3:35 pm

Anda what wonderful information. My husband and I planning a trip to Europe in mid May for two weeks. Thinking about flying into Switzerland or Austria, dipping down into Italy then on to Slovenia and Croatia. We are told Slovenia is very similar to Italy. We could stay in Slovenia and train over to Venice for the day, avoiding crowds ect. Any ideas? take the train, rent a car?Thank you! Cybele

January 23, 2020 at 5:52 pm

Train is probably better for the day trip. Besides, in Venice you won’t have any need for the car.

December 31, 2019 at 4:44 am

Hullo Anda, your article literally saved my life. I have read it twice and sucked in as much of your advice so thank you. I am black and I was wondering if you have any specific advice for a black travelers in Europe. What is the general reception for black africans in Europe? I may be overthinking it, but I am worried that it may be negative. Your honest thoughts will be appreciated. thanks.

December 31, 2019 at 3:39 pm

I’m truly happy that my article was of help to you. I don’t think you have any reason to worry about traveling to Europe as a black person. As far as I know, Europeans are quite open and welcoming to any race and nationality. I think you’ll have a wonderful time there.

December 28, 2019 at 6:04 am

Thankyou for the suggestions. We are planning to visit Europe from US for two weeks from April 24 to May 9 . Our itenrary idea is to arrive in Paris > Milan > Venice > Cinque terra> Florence > Rome . While at florence we planned to visit Pisa for half day Will this be aggressive or Do-able? Can you please suggest on how many days each city require to explore? Thanks in Advance

December 28, 2019 at 9:15 am

Hi Satya, What you are listing here looks like a very busy itinerary. All these cities are loaded with attractions. Besides, you need time for transportation between the different destinations and time to check in and out from the hotels. Rome and Paris require at least 3 days each. Milan you can probably do in a day, but for Florence, Venice and Cinque Terre you’ll also need a minimum of two days. My suggestion would be to leave Paris for another time and concentrate on Italy.

December 28, 2019 at 7:44 pm

Thank you Anda

December 26, 2019 at 10:30 am

Hi Anda, Thankyou for the detailed itenenaries. We are planning for Europe trip during last week of April for two weeks. Our plan is to arrive in Paris and depart back from Rome. So planning for Paris> Fly to Milan> Venice> Cinque terra > Florence> Rome . Is this agressive or Doable? Do you recommend driving from Milan to Rome for this trip? Can you help me with how many days we will needing to explore these places? Appriciete your help on this.

December 18, 2019 at 12:59 pm

Hi Anda, I am planning a trip with my wife and 2 kids (3 & 9) to visit Europe in Mid-June. we are planning to spend 14 days and planning to land in Paris then train to Zurich > Interlaken (might add Zermatt if time permits) > Venice > Florence > Rome. Does this sound doable in 14 days? Any tips and recommendations? Should we get the Euro Rail Pass or buying individual trip will be better and cheaper option? Thanks.

December 18, 2019 at 7:27 pm

Hi Ali, your plan sounds great for two young adults who can move fast. However, with two kids in tow and using public transportation (not having your own car) this sounds like a very busy itinerary. You need a minimum of 3 days in the big cities like Rome and Paris. As for Zurich, Venice and Florence, you could probably spend only 2 days in each city. But even if you do that, you’ll be left with only two days, which is not enough time if you want to squeeze in Zermatt and Interlaken. I understand you are planning to use Rome as your departure city, but exploring it with a 3-year old will be very difficult. Rome is huge and truly overwhelming, even for adults. I would suggest spending more time in Switzerland instead, which is a friendlier place for small children. You can buy a pass for the scenic trains and go from Zurich to Lucerne, Interlaken, Zermatt, St.Moritz, Engadin and maybe cross over to Lake Como in Italy. The Glacier Express is a fantastic train and goes from Zermatt to St. Moritz. Your kids are going to love the train rides. I wrote a few posts about our train trip through Switzerland, in case you need more information.

November 14, 2019 at 4:16 pm

Hi, my husband and I have plan 13 days trip 11 nights for travel to Barcelona, Switzerland, Munich and Amsterdam. The 1st arrival destination has decided is Barcelona as we want to catch the football match. 2nd destination we not sure want to start from Amsterdam, Munich and end in Switzerland or vice versa. Is it possible to squeeze Milan or Paris in between by the way?

November 14, 2019 at 5:09 pm

You can easily squeeze one day in Milan on your itinerary, Agnes. I wrote a post about how to spend a day in Milan, in case you are interested you can check it here: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/one-day-on-the-streets-of-milan/ . From Barcelona you can go to Milan, then to Switzerland, Munich and Amsterdam. Not sure exactly what means of transportation you intend to use in Europe, but it makes sense to do it this way rather than jump from Spain all the way to the Netherlands. In regards to Paris, I would leave it for another trip. There is too much to see there to be able to squeeze it into this itinerary. You’ll need at least 3 days for it, while Milan can be done in one day.

November 5, 2019 at 6:20 pm

Hi Anda.. Greetings from Malaysia.!! Great advice for first time traveller to europe. Me and my friends planning to come over to europe in may next year. We are having some difficulties choosing places to visit as europe is super big and all the places look so beautiful. We will be landing in amsterdam. I would love to go paris,london n also swiss. And we have only two weeks to cover and we have no idea where to start. Super confussed. First time in europe.! Thank you.

November 5, 2019 at 9:30 pm

Hi Reva. Since you land in Amsterdam you could probably do Amsterdam, Paris and London. You need to spend at least 3 days in each of these cities in order to see at least the main points of interest. You probably have time to see one city in Switzerland as well. I would recommend Lucerne, since it’s a smaller one and can be done in about two days. Hope this helps.

September 14, 2019 at 4:10 am

Great suggestions! Planning a trip next June ( I know, I know), your suggestions are great.

September 14, 2019 at 2:10 pm

I’m glad if you found my suggestions useful. Thanks, Jackie.

April 21, 2019 at 6:25 am

Anda, thank you for the very informative article. Loved going through it and your detailed responses to the questions below. I and my wife are planning to travel in August(2nd and 3rd week). We have zeroed in on France(only Paris) and Italy. I know the temperature will be on the higher side, but I guess should be a breeze considering we are from India 🙂 (or are we way off the mark?) What according to you are good destinations to include in the itinerary in Italy, beyond Rome, Venice, and Florence)?

April 21, 2019 at 9:31 am

Hi VB, since your trip to Europe in in full summer, I would suggest a couple of destinations closer to the water. In Italy you can add Cinque Terre and maybe Lake Como. Both of them absolutely spectacular. In France, just about an hour away by plane you can go to he French Riviera. The coast is much cooler and absolutely spectacular. You have places like Nice, Monaco, Cann, Antibes, plus the many perched villages along the coast that are absolutely a dream to visit. Hope this helps.

April 9, 2019 at 8:56 am

I was trying to plan a 20th anniversary trip for myself and my wife in July, 2020. I was planning on just doing a Western trip visiting London, Paris, Brussels, Amsterdam, and Berlin but now I’m worried it’s going to be too hot. We already live in Charleston, South Carolina (US) which is miserably hot in the summer so we always try to find cooler places to go.

I was thinking of this route because there are now direct flights from CHS to London and I get employee discounts at Hilton properties (about $50 USD/night). There are hotels all within 1.5 miles of the train station in each of those cities so this would be most economical.

I would rather visit Northern Europe because of the cooler weather and because my family immigrated from Sweden. However,, there are no Hilton properties in any of the Scandavian cities except Stockholm.

I’m just wondering if you think it is worth it to spend a lot more to visit Northern Europe or just battle the heat and crowds to visit Western Europe.

April 9, 2019 at 10:15 am

Hi Michael, Europe is very hot and humid in summer, as you already know. I would rather spend a little more and go to countries like Norway, Sweden or the Baltic countries (Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania). I believe there is a Hilton in Riga as well, if I am not wrong). However, you may want to look into Airbnb as an alternative if you can’t find a Hilton. Most of the time they are way cheaper than a hotel and you get much more for your money.

April 7, 2019 at 11:25 am

This is a great guide! I’ve been searching everywhere for ideas on how to go about a European trip. I’ve never been so I wasn’t sure where to start. Is it possible to do a trip with London, Paris, Amsterdam, Rome, Florence, and Venice? What would be the beat way to do that?

April 7, 2019 at 8:54 pm

Squeezing 7 cities of this size into a 2 weeks trip seems too much to me. I would recommend keeping it at 4, at the most. You will spend too much time on the road and too little time visiting the sites. Florence and Amsterdam could be done in about 4 days, if you just want to rush by, but the other cities requires way more time for proper visiting. I would not advise you to add more than at the most 5 cities to your itinerary, unless you have more than just 2 weeks.

April 6, 2019 at 3:28 pm

Hello Anda,

This article is very informative and useful as I am planning a graduation gift for my girlfriend this summer. She’s a mechanical engineer and loves architecture, but has never been to Europe. I do plan on 2 weeks, give or take a few days. Do to the traveling being in June (not the best time), where would you recommend going? Regarding weather, locations, travel season, etc. I’ve only been to France but was there for wine industry. I’m fine with traveling by train or by car as I have done both. Please let me know if you have any questions or concerns. Thank you for your time!

April 7, 2019 at 9:01 pm

Hi Nick, I’m glad you found my post useful and informative. Summers in Europe may be very hot, so I would recommend you go to Northern Europe, where the weather is much cooler. And if your girlfriend loves architecture, she will have a blast visiting cities like Stockholm and Riga. I would recommend the Baltic countries and Sweden. You don’t need to drive there. You can fly between the cities for very little money.

March 31, 2019 at 7:45 am

Hi, Anda. I’m taking my daughter to Europe in May. Got a great R/T flight into (and out of) Barcelona. We will be there 2 weeks, and I’d like to add 3 other cities. She really wants to go to Florence (but not Rome??‍♀️). We plan to book a rail pass and Air BnBs. Any recs for our 3 must-see cities. She’s 20 and has never been to Europe.

April 1, 2019 at 1:00 pm

Hi Stacy, Barcelona is a very exciting destination for young people. I’m sure your daughter will love it. You’ll have to decide how many countries you want to include in your two weeks trip. You have quite a few choices in Spain, if you decide to stay only there. You can spend 3 days in Barcelona, then go towards the west and Visit Madrid (3 days), Toledo (a day trip from Madrid), Granada and Sevilla. From there you can fly back to Barcelona. Or you can spend a few days in Barcelona, then go to Paris, Milan and Florence. The second option includes 3 countries, but it will give your daughter a taste of some of the most impressive cities in Europe. Hope this helps.

February 26, 2019 at 9:36 am

I will be visiting Europe for two weeks in may and would like to know what do you suggest we could see as we will arrive in Rome and depart from Paris.

February 26, 2019 at 4:56 pm

Hi Rhea, May is one of the best times to visit Europe. The weather is just perfect and the tourist season is not in full swing yet. Since I don’t know you and your interests, I would make some suggestions based on my own taste and experience. Both Rome and Paris are very big cities and you might want to allow yourself at least 3 days in each one of them. They are packed with attractions, ranging from historic sites and landmarks, to museums, art galleries, parks and restaurants. In Rome you might want to concentrate on the historic center (including the Vatican) and allow yourself a little time to simply wander the streets and admire the beautiful architecture. I wrote a post about the best areas to stay in Rome that will give you an idea about what attractions are in the different parts of the city ( https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/best-areas-to-stay-in-rome/ ). While you are in Italy, you might also want to include Florence and Milan in your itinerary. Florence is not very big and it quite easy to explore (great for art galleries and museums). You could spend 2 days in Florence and one day in Milan ( https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/?s=one+day+in+milan ). From Milan you could go to Switzerland and maybe take a scenic train trip through Zermatt, Interlaken, Lucerne).Or you may go directly to France and visit Marseille, Lyon and then Paris. If this is your first time in Europe I would suggest keeping it simple. Probably just Italy and France would be enough. For Paris, you might want to refer to this post that will give you an idea about what you can see in 3 days: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/?s=3+days+in+paris . I hope this helps and I hope you’ll come back with some great memories from your trip to Europe.

January 31, 2019 at 9:46 pm

Hi Anda Me and my husband are planning a trip to Europe for 2 weeks in early May 2019. As of now we are planning to visit Prague, Vienna, Budapest & Greece. Could you please suggest if its doable also if its the good time to visit these places.

P.S : We will be visiting Europe for the first time and we are more inclined towards scenic and natural beauty , could you please suggest more affordable options.

Many Thanks ! Parul

January 31, 2019 at 10:20 pm

Hi Parul, Europe is beautiful at any time of year, but particularly in spring. Vienna, Budapest and Prague are very close to each other so can move easily from one to the next (either by train or by car). Trains are very affordable in Europe, especially if you buy a pass. I suggest spending 3 days in each one of these cities to at least get a taste of what they have to offer. You could leave Greece for last, as you will need to take a plane to get there. In regards to affordability, Europe in generally expensive. However, you will find Budapest (and Greece) more affordable overall. For lodging I use Airbnb or VRBO (Vacation Rentals By Owner), as I get more for my money. Hope this helps.

Vaibhav Jain

February 2, 2019 at 10:21 am

Hey, thanks for this informative and detailed info about getting around in Europe.. every word made sense to me.. I just want a small suggestion from you.. I am solo traveller and will be starting my itinerary as “Prague (2n)-Copenhagen (4N)-Budapest (2N)- Barcelona (3N)- Amsterdam (2N)” in total of about 13 N starting from 13 th March 2019.. My question is : I want to add another city between my trip from Copenhagen to Budapest as I think 4 Nights will be too boring in there.. so can you please suggest which place to add in for 1 N ??? I am getting some real good deals for Brussels, Berlin, Milan… for Ryan Sir & Easy jet from Copenhagen.. please enlighten me for this as I am super confused ??? Thanks in anticipation ….

February 2, 2019 at 3:18 pm

Your itinerary seems pretty busy for 13 days. All these cities you selected make wonderful destinations in themselves. You could easily spend 13 days in each one of them and still have plenty to see and do. My suggestion would be to spend 3 nights in Prague or in Budapest, rather than trying to squeeze in another city into the itinerary. Europe is packed with attractions and if you were to spend any less than 3 days in a big city you’ll be rushing too much. However, if you want by all means to include another city, you can try Milan. You can just concentrate on visiting the Duomo and the area around it and that would be enough for one day. Hope this helps.

October 1, 2018 at 10:41 am

My family has a two week planned trip to Europe and I am having difficulty picking a third location to visit in addition to London & Paris. I am glad I came across your website which is full of good ideas. I could use some help picking a third city and places to stay. One of my challenges for the trip is traveling around Christmas which I understand the trains close.

Some of the other questions I have are: How long is it recommended to be at an airport before a flight between cities like London & Amsterdam? Is taking a train recommended even though it takes twice as long.

Where are the best areas to stay in London, Paris, Amsterdam and Ghent? We would like to rent an apartment in each city.

We arrive at 6:15am on 12/21 in Gatwick and leave on 1/3 in the evening out of Heathrow. What might be the best itinirary taking into account Christmas and New Years?

Thanks, Michael

October 3, 2018 at 10:24 am

Hi Michael, I’m afraid I can’t make any specific recommendation in any of these cities. We usually stay in Airbnb apartments when we don’t stay with friends or relatives in Europe.

Rob+Ann @TravelLatte(.net)

July 27, 2018 at 4:36 pm

You are so right, Anda – Two weeks in Europe will fly by! We love your itinerary ideas though. Two weeks is such a short time for so many great places to see and enjoy, but these really help make the most of the time. Can’t wait to get back and explore more!

Jennifer Melroy

July 27, 2018 at 2:38 pm

I love exploring northern Europe. The cities have a charm that the rest of the continent lacks. I can’t explain it, but they do. I always feel like they are more welcoming as a city. Plus Stolkhom has the best museums to visit.

Suruchi Mittal

July 24, 2018 at 10:36 am

That is a complete exhaustive guide on Europe. I liked the way how you have divided the itinerary and it is going to be super helpful while we plan up our trip. The 2 weeks really seems like a less time now, for Europe.

Cynthia | Adventuring Woman

July 23, 2018 at 5:12 am

You’ve covered all the important things! I agree that Paris, Amsterdam and London should be #1. I really want to do Vienna, Prague and Budapest. Also the Balkan itineraries. So true that it’s best to spend time really experiencing a place, rather than running around between them.

July 22, 2018 at 12:27 am

These are good itineraries for those who want a quick glimpse of certain areas of Europe. Im not sure on the Nordic ones, I think I need a bank loan for that one. 😀 I found after exploring much of Europe, to see better history, buildings, parks, scenery etc, is to get away from the cities and find the true heart of each country. However, first timers, these are good plans BUT make sure you come back for some more European fun 🙂

July 22, 2018 at 10:58 am

One visit to Europe is never enough, Dabik.

July 21, 2018 at 11:55 pm

Although I agree with you to start with the more popular cities in your first ever trip to Europe and to make sure that all the cities you’re visiting are geographically close to each other (and you’ve grouped them out perfectly), I also think that visiting only the bigger cities in countries like Switzerland, Austria, Greece don’t give you a real flavour of what the country is about. For example- going to Athens and not Santorini would be something I’d not recommend at all! Or going to Zurich and Lucerne but not Interlaken. Having said that, if one wants to focus only on the bigger cities and not venture to the smaller towns and villages, then these itineraries make perfect sense!

July 22, 2018 at 11:00 am

Of course, Medha. Visiting only the bigger cities will barely touch the tip of the iceberg, so to speak. These itineraries are intended for first time visitors to Europe and it is implied the subsequent visits would be necessary to really get the feel of many of these countries.

Christina Pfeiffer

July 21, 2018 at 11:09 pm

Your itineraries certainly highlight the diversity of Europe. There are so many different countries to visit it’s hard to choose! One of the things I love about Europe is that no matter where you go, there’s history, culture and cobblestone streets to discover. Hmm, I think I’m due for another trip to Europe soon!

July 21, 2018 at 11:35 pm

That is so true, Christina. I love everything about Europe!

July 21, 2018 at 9:35 pm

I am a big fan of itineraries! I have created several I want to follow. Sometimes, an itinerary does not work for one particular year but then it is feasible later. From your list, I want to do Northern Europe and the Berlin-Dresden-Wroclaw. I am with you on staying 3-4 days on a city. I do not like to rush places.

July 21, 2018 at 10:19 pm

Planning is part of the fun when you travel, isn’t it?

July 21, 2018 at 9:13 pm

I love your recommendations! I’d love to go and visit Europe one day and this guide will come in very handy. Indeed 2 weeks is such a short time to see the entire continent, but good to know that you can still see as much as long you plan well (especially considering the geographical location and transportation availability).

July 21, 2018 at 10:18 pm

I didn’t realize you haven’t been in Europe, Marvi. Hope you’ll get there soon. You’ll love Europe, I promise!

Jill Chapman

July 21, 2018 at 7:40 pm

I haven’t been to Europe for five years so I am very excited to be heading there this fall. Great tips – we’ve already used a few – booked hotels in the city center or air bnb’s and are traveling off-season a bit but I hope to utilize more when I’m there.

July 21, 2018 at 8:05 pm

I hope you are going to have a great trip, Jill.

July 21, 2018 at 5:31 am

Great idea’s, even for a European. We need to discover more things close to home.

July 21, 2018 at 8:06 pm

Well, if you live in Europe you probably have visited all these places, Wendy.

Lyn aka The Travelling Lindfields

July 21, 2018 at 4:09 am

What a useful post. I think those of us who travel frequently forget that there is a lot of basic stuff we just take for granted.

July 21, 2018 at 10:00 pm

So true, Lyn.

July 21, 2018 at 12:45 am

I have spent quite a bit of time in Europe but I still have so much to see. I would love to do your Balkans roadtrip, I haven’t been to that area yet.

July 21, 2018 at 10:01 pm

The Balkans make one of the best European itineraries, Anisa. You should definitely do that road trip.

July 20, 2018 at 6:27 pm

These are all great ideas. Isn’t it such a gift to be able to spend two weeks exploring?? We love to spend 3 days in cities so we know where we want to return… I also love to pair big cities with smaller towns, too. It’s a great to experience both sides of the coin in the same country. I would love to do your Balkan itinerary! Those places all just look beautiful!

July 21, 2018 at 10:05 pm

I love exploring smaller cities too, Sara. However, for first time visitors it’s always better to start with the more popular sites.

July 20, 2018 at 5:02 pm

Great tips for first-time visitors, especially if you have only two weeks. I wish I’ve been to all the destinations you covered … if we could only travel when I was still living in the middle of it ;).

July 21, 2018 at 10:06 pm

Yep, I hear you! I have the same frustration, Emese.

July 20, 2018 at 4:17 pm

Great advice for first time travelers! We did a similar trip, to your first itinerary, when we went to Europe the first time. Ours was London, Paris, Munich, and Amsterdam. I have to agree that giving yourself 3-4 days in each place is ideal. I ended up feeling like I didn’t see much in London, because we were only there for two days of our trip. Thankfully, we were able to return to London for a longer period later.

Tomas Novak

July 20, 2018 at 1:31 pm

As I live in Prague – kind of a center of Europe. It’s pretty easy for me to do this short trips and I think I visited more than half of this cities. I like how you group them in smaller trips by three. I just have to visit the Baltic states and Balkan… hopefully next year. Thanks for your tips

July 21, 2018 at 10:12 pm

It’s much easier to do these trips when you live in Europe, Thomas. The challenge is for people who travel there from far away.

California Globetrotter

July 20, 2018 at 1:11 pm

What a great itinerary you’ve put together, Anda! You’ve hit up all the best cities and I also recommend 3-4 days in each city!

July 21, 2018 at 10:13 pm

I’m glad you agree with me, Lolo. Now that you live in Europe it’s much easier for you to see all these other smaller cities on week-end trips.

Rhonda Albom

July 20, 2018 at 12:51 pm

I think two weeks is a great intro and taster for Europe. Europe is addictive and by the end of those two weeks you’ll already be planning on which areas you want to concentrate on for your next visit. I agree that you should spend three to four days in each city in order to get comfortable and enjoy the feel of the city.

July 21, 2018 at 10:17 pm

Hahaha, you are so right that traveling to Europe becomes addictive. Everybody I know wants to return there to see more.

Priscilla Willis

July 20, 2018 at 6:23 am

Great tips, Anda. Your suggested Itineraries are perfect – it’s difficult to fully experience a destination when you try to do and see too much!

July 20, 2018 at 9:52 am

Good to hear from you, Priscilla. I know you just came back from a trip to Europe. Hope it was fun.

July 20, 2018 at 9:53 am

Good to hear from you, Priscilla. I know you just came back from Europe. Hope you enjoyed your trip.

March 28, 2020 at 11:11 pm

Anda looking for a 14 day itinerary first time in Europe. This is for my 25 Anniversary. Looking to bring my 3 daughters ages 25/22/20. Also looking to invite my in laws 65/72. My wife is first generation born in the states from Hungary. My 72 year old father in-law has a bad ankle is there scooters to rent or would it be a pain in the butt to travel everywhere with it. Also ball Parker cost per person along with either plane or rail tickets to hop around

March 28, 2020 at 11:41 pm

This looks like a multi-generational reunion and a great celebration. Since your wife is of Hungarian descent, you might want to take a trip to Central Europe that would include Hungary as well. I think all of you are going to love Budapest! You could probably do Prague, Vienna, and Budapest and spend at least 3 days in each of these big cities. There are also a few side trips that you can take around them. I wrote extensively about these three destinations, in case you need some ideas on things to do, places to stay and eat in each one of these cities.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

COPYRIGHT NOTICE

All rights reserved © Travel Notes & Beyond. The material on this website is protected by copyright law. Republishing the content on this blog (including text, photography, etc.) is strictly prohibited.

AFFILIATE PROGRAM DISCLOSURE

Some of the pages and posts of this blog contain links to products and services that may be useful for my readers. When clicking on these links you will have the option to purchase or register for a service at no extra cost to you, but doing so can help me offset the costs associated with running this blog. Thank you for your support!

Live Adventure Travel contains affiliate links and is a member of the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program. If you make a purchase using one of these Amazon links, I may receive compensation at no extra cost to you. See my Disclosure Policy for more information.

2-Week Europe Itinerary by Train + 3 Different Route Options

Europe is by far one of the best continents to travel around. It has the convenience of hopping on a train, bus or plane and arriving in a new country in a matter of hours. Yet, each place differs greatly in culture, landscape and food. It’s really like a giant playground for adults! But deciding on a 2-week Europe Itinerary by train can be a daunting task. Especially when there are multiple routes to choose from.

You have to take into consideration logistics, travel arrangements and budget. And believe me, it can be easy to find yourself pulling your hair out when it becomes clear that travelling from Paris to Budapest will take over 18 hours!

So, let me be your guide. I spent 4 months interrailing around Europe , testing some of the finest destinations on the continent. So, safe to say I see myself as somewhat of an expert when it comes to designing itineraries.

I have carefully put together 4 kickass two-week Europe Itineraries for you to explore. There is something for everyone, from city buffs, to nature lovers and hidden gem seekers!

2 Week Trip Europe: Table of Contents

Best way to travel europe in 2 weeks – getting around.

Now, before we dive into the itineraries we need to discuss the best mode of transport. Europe is quite easy to get around you have the luxury of trains, planes, boats and busses right at your fingertips. But…what is the best transport option to choose?

Let’s lay out the pros and cons of each…

Plane Travel: Being from Ireland plane travel is one of the only convenient options for me to reach most European countries but once I am on the mainland I stay clear of it. It can get expensive QUICK and no one wants to waste an entire day travelling to and from the airport.

Train Travel: This is by far my favourite way of getting around Europe. It’s quick, it’s cheerful and extremely convenient. I like the space I have on a train. The ability to get up and walk down the aisle on long journeys and the incredible views along the way. I am also a big fan of the interrail system which I will explain more about a little later in this post.

Bus Travel: This is definitely the most budget-friendly way of exploring Europe. Bus journeys can be extremely cheap but that is pretty much it. They also tend to be really long, uncomfortable and a very indirect way of getting to a destination. Don’t get me wrong I do use busses while in Europe but not as my main mode of transportation. And I don’t think it should be yours either!

Driving: I am a massive road trip fan. Nothing beats, blaring your favourite road trip tunes and the freedom of having your own set of wheels to take you from A to B. But, I don’t believe a car is the best way to travel Europe over a 2 week period. Trains are much more convenient and cover way more ground at a much faster rate.

2-week Europe itinerary: By train is the best way!

So, there you have it the best way to explore Europe is by train but that leaves us with one other question. Should you book each trip individually or buy a prepaid ticket like Interrail ?

There are pros and cons to both, you can of course put a lot of time and research into each train journey you intend to take. Watch the price and book when they are at their cheapest but personally, I find this method a little restricting.

With Interrail you are free to book your seat on the day (providing no reservation is needed – then it’s 24 hours before). The ticket is prepaid so you can get as many local/regional trains as you please and high-speed trains come at a considerable discount.

2-week Europe trip: 4 Different Itineraries

I have carefully designed 4 different itineraries for you to choose from for your two weeks in Europe. These routes feature some incredible hidden gems, beautiful landscapes and iconic cities. I go into more detail about each destination later on in the post and have provided little skip tags for those who want to read more about the itineraries that suit their needs best.

Salzburg (Austria) ➡  Hallstatt (Austria) ➡ Munich (Germany) ➡ Interlaken (Switzerland)

Paris (France) ➡ Amsterdam (Netherlands) ➡ Munich (Germany) ➡   Prague (Czechia) ➡ Budapest (Hungary)

Split (Croatia) ➡ Zagreb (Croatia) ➡ Lake Bled (Slovenia) ➡   Ljubljana (Slovenia) ➡ Budapest (Hungary) ➡ Krakow (Poland)

Two Week Europe Trip Budget

The Cost of a Two Week Europe Trip can vary greatly from person to person. Especially when it comes down to individual people’s style and spending habits. I have broken down an estimate of how much each category of traveller may spend on a two-week trip. From a budget-conscious person to a mid-range traveller to someone who is looking for luxury experiences.

I also have a detailed guide on how much I spend on my 4-month budget trip across Europe if you have an interest in real-life spending.

2-week trip to Europe Cost: Budget Travellers

Accommodation:  Budget travellers can find hostels or budget hotels for around €25 to €60 per night depending on the countries they decide to visit. For a two-week stay, this amounts to €350-840.

Food:  If you stick to cafes, takeaway food, and occasional home-cooked meals, you could spend around €15/20 per day, which sums up to €210/280 for two weeks.

Travel Expenses:  Transport shouldn’t cost all too much if you intend on walking most places. I’d allow for €50 to be on the safe side.

Activities:  Free city tours, hiking, or visiting free museums can keep the activity costs down to about €100.

Total for two weeks: €710-€1270

2 weeks in Europe Cost: Mid-Range Traveller

Accommodation: Mid-range hotels can cost around €100-150 per night. For a two-week stay, this would be €1400-2100

Food: If you intend on eating out for every meal then expect to pay around €10 for breakfast, €15 for lunch and €20+ for dinner. So, €45 a day will equal to €630 for a 2-week trip.

Travel Expenses: Consider spending around €300-500 for comfortable travel options. Or, you could keep costs down by walking most places.

Activities: Entrance fees for premium attractions and activities might add up to around €200-300.

Total for 2 weeks: €2530-3530

2 Weeks in Europe Budget: Luxury Travellers

Accommodation:  Luxury hotels or apartments can cost €200-850+ per night, so it is hard to give a total in this category but it would range from €2800-€11900.

Food:  Eating out for Breakfast, Lunch and Dinner in more expensive restaurants will set you back anywhere from €100-€150 per day. About €1400-2100 for the 2 weeks.

Travel Expenses:  Private transfers or first-class train compartments could cost around €700-1000.

Activities:  Private tours and high-end experiences might add up to another €500-1000 provided you are not doing them in every destination.

Total for 2 Weeks:  €5400-16000

2 Weeks in Europe Itinerary: Route Option 1

I wanted to kick start this 2 weeks in Europe itinerary with a really unique route. I typically see people planning European trips around the major cities and attractions. Never really leaving time for those amazing hidden gems located in some of the most beautiful places on the continent. So, if you are a nature lover who loves to explore more off-the-beaten-path locations this is the Europe Itinerary for you!

Stop 1: Salzburg

Nestled among rolling hills and overlooking the Salzach River, Salzburg, Austria, is an enchanting city filled with historic charm and modern allure.

It is the birthplace of the world-famous composer Mozart. And this is evident throughout the city.

The city has a vibrant art scene, bustling markets, and sumptuous cuisine.

Salzburg’s charm isn’t only limited to its historic architecture and vibrant streets. The city is also famously known as the filming location for the classic movie, “The Sound of Music.”

Fans of the film can dive into its magic by taking a themed tour that traces the steps of the Von Trapp family, offering a nostalgic journey through the film’s iconic sites.

Things to do in Salzburg

• Visit Mozart’s Birthplace: Discover the roots of the musical genius, one of the world’s most famous composers Mozart, by visiting his birthplace .
• Tour the Hohensalzburg Fortress: This is a must-do when in Salzburg as it has the most incredible 360 views of the city.
• Stroll through Mirabell Gardens: These beautiful gardens are a must-see for any visitor. The immaculately maintained flower beds and sculptures provide a serene place to relax. They get busy fast so make sure to visit early!
• Enjoy a Boat Ride on the Salzach River: Experience Salzburg from a unique perspective by taking a leisurely boat ride on the Salzach River.
• Indulge in Austrian Cuisine: Sample traditional Austrian dishes like Wiener Schnitzel, Sacher Torte, or Apfelstrudel to get a taste of the local culinary culture.
• Take the Sound of Music Tour: For fans of the classic film, this tour is a must. It takes you to various shooting locations of the movie, including the Mirabell Gardens and Leopoldskron Palace. You can relive your favourite scenes and enjoy the beautiful surroundings that make Salzburg so unforgettable.

Where to stay in Salzburg:

For travellers on a budget, the YoHo Youth Hostel is a fantastic option. It’s comfortable, clean and located in city center, offering easy access to Salzburg’s attractions.

For those looking for a balance between cost and comfort, numa I Mozart is a great mid-range choice. It’s conveniently located and offers well-furnished rooms, a hearty breakfast, and friendly service, offering stellar value for your money.

For a truly luxurious stay, consider the Hotel & Villa Auersperg . This family-run boutique hotel exudes charm and elegance, with beautifully designed rooms, a peaceful garden, and a rooftop spa. It’s ideally located within walking distance of the city center, making it a convenient base to explore Salzburg

Day Trip Option 1: The Sound of Music Trail

One of my favourite simple day trips from Salzburg is the beautiful Sound of Music Trail starting from the small town of Werfen. Reachable by a 40-minute train journey from Salzburg.

The trail brings walkers along a stunning hiking path with opens out with an incredible view of the surrounding meadows.

This particular location is famous for the “Do Re Mi” scene from the movie. There are even dedicated photo spots where you can take a picture with July Andrews and the kids.

The walk is not particularly hard and suitable for most fitness levels. It takes about 40/45 minutes to reach the viewpoint. I recommend bringing a picnic for a scenic lunch.

Day Trip Option 2: Berchtesgaden National Park

I fell in LOVE with Berchtesgaden National Park when I first visited. So much so that my day trip quickly turned into two.

Just over an hour’s train journey from Salzburg lies this incredible natural playground with plenty of things to do and see.

I recommend catching the boat from Königssee Lake and hiking out to the Obersee und Röthbachfall. This is a day you will not forget.

If you have another day to spare I recommend exploring the park some more. Stopping at places such as St. Sebastian Church, Hintersee Lake (walk from the church) and Wimbachklamm Gorge. All these are easily accessible by park busses.

Stop 2: Hallstatt, Austria

Hallstatt is one of those locations that will truly take your breath away. It’s one of the most fairytale-like places I have ever seen.

Home to soaring mountains, a pristine lake and a charming village. This little town can get BUSY, especially in the summer months.

So, I recommend walking up early to catch a glimpse of the famous viewpoint without any crowds. Because come 10am you will be fighting for a spot at the barrier.

Whether you’re looking for outdoor adventures, a peek into history, or simply want to enjoy the serene beauty, Hallstatt has something for everyone.

Things to do in Hallstatt

• Take a peaceful boat ride on Lake Hallstatt and enjoy the stunning views of the surrounding mountains and Alpine houses.
• Ride the funicular railway to the Skywalk Hallstatt viewing platform for a panoramic view of the beautiful village and lake.
• Explore the local market square , lined with charming, traditional shops where you can discover local crafts and delicacies.
• Explore the Dachstein Ice Caves, a fascinating natural spectacle just a short drive/bus ride away from Hallstatt.
• Take a thrilling walk on the Five Fingers viewing platform (joint ticket with the Dachstein Caves), a unique attraction sitting over 400 meters above ground level, extending like a hand over the cliff edge. Offering breathtaking views over the Alps and Hallstatt below.

Where to stay in Hallstatt

• If you prefer a peaceful setting, consider Seehotel Grüner Baum . It’s a charming hotel right on the lake.
• For those looking for a more modern option, Heritage Hotel Hallstatt offers stylish rooms with lake views.
• If you are looking for somewhere that is budget-friendly consider staying in the nearby town of Bad Goisern. Located just a 10-15 minute train ride from Hallstatt station is a beautiful rural town surrounded by mountains. I stayed in the Bad Goisern Hostel and could not recommend it more. It was a lovely stay.

Stop 3: Munich

The next stop on our trip is an amazing German city, Munich. There is more to this city than meets the eye. So, much, so that I have been 3 times and I never want to leave!

World Famous for it’s Autumn time celebrations, Oktoberfest, it’s mighty beer halls and delicious barbarian food!

When you are in Munich you NEED to visit the English gardens. Specifically, the Eisbach River to see the talented surfers glide along the waves.

Yes, that’s right! You can surf…in the city. How cool is that?!

The old town square is also a lovely place to walk around, with the Neo-Gothic-styled architecture you feel as if you are walking around a fairytale.

You also NEED to make your way up the town hall tower. The views are to die for!

Things to do in Munich

• Visit the Old Town Square, The Marienplatz . You can get 360 views of the square from the old town hall tower.
• Stroll around the  English Gardens  and watch the talented surfers.
• Explore the cities beautiful gardens
• Go on a local food tour to try traditional dishes like pretzels, sausages, and beer in local beer halls.
• Tour the world-famous beer hall, Hofbräuhaus. And treat yourself to a tasty beverage.

Where to stay in Munich:

For those on a budget, the Wombats Werksviertel Hostel is an affordable yet comfortable choice. It’s located near the city center, close to the main attractions, making it a convenient base for your explorations in Munich.

For those willing to spend a bit more, Eden Hotel Wolff is a mid-range option that blends comfort with a touch of luxury. It’s just a stone’s throw away from the central train station, making it an ideal location for those planning day trips to surrounding areas.

If you desire a luxury experience, consider booking a suite at Bayerischer Hof . This five-star hotel, located in the heart of Munich, offers top-notch amenities and services. From the beautiful rooftop pool to the exquisite in-house restaurant, every detail at this hotel is designed to provide guests with a memorable stay.

Day Trip Option: Neuschwanstein Castle

Munich is the perfect hub for those dreaming about visiting Germany’s famous fairytale castle, Neuschwanstein.

Pictures do not do this place justice. It is so beautiful.

Now, I must admit it can get incredibly busy so I’d advise arriving as early as possible.

It’s a 2h30mins train ride to Füssen, and then a short bus journey to the castle.

Once you arrive you can walk up to the famous viewpoint of Marienbrücke Bridge (30/40 minutes) or pay for a shuttle bus.

Not too far of a walk from the castle is Alpsee Lake, a beautiful spot to sit back and enjoy nature. The water is turquoise in colour and really takes your breath away.

Stop 4: Interlaken, Switzerland

Switzerland left me in complete awe. I decided to visit on a speeding last-minute trip and it did not disappoint.

That is why I am advising you to include it in your 2-week Europe Itinerary . It’s a destination that almost feels like a dream.

I based myself in Interlaken and used this elegant town as a base to explore the surrounding areas.

Starting with the fairytale-like village, Lauterbrunnen. Words can not describe how beautiful it is here!

I recommend hiking from the town to Mürren, taking the cable car back down the mountain and then visiting Trümmelbach. One of the most tremendous waterfalls I have ever seen.

On day two I suggest taking a trip up First Mountain for incredible views of the mountains and valleys from above. If you are looking for an easy yet scenic walk then I recommend walking out towards Bachsee Lake.

Where to Stay in Interlaken

Backpackers in Interlaken might find Balmers Hostel a perfect choice. This hostel combines affordability with comfort and offers a warm and friendly atmosphere. I made some incredible friends here!

For those who prefer mid-range hotels, Hotel Interlaken is an excellent option and has a rich history dating back to 1491. It also offers close proximity to the town’s center.

Luxury seekers can consider Victoria-Jungfrau Grand Hotel & Spa for their stay. This five-star hotel provides an unforgettable experience with its luxurious rooms, stunning views, and world-class spa facilities.

Related Post: How big is Texas compared to Europe? (This will SHOCK you)

Paris (France) ➡ Amsterdam (Netherlands) ➡ Munich (Germany) ➡   Prague(Czechia) ➡ Budapest (Hungary)

14 days in Europe Itinerary: Route 2

Get ready to set off on a fascinating journey through five famous European Cities. From the romantic streets of Paris to the enchanting canals of Amsterdam.

Your journey will take you to Munich, home to age-old Bavarian traditions and beer gardens. And one of the best locations for a day trip to the magical Neuschwanstein Castle. One of my favourite spots from my 4 month Europe trip!

Then, it’s time to explore the beauty of Prague with its mesmerizing architecture and picturesque streets.

Lastly, arrive in Budapest, a city known for its thermal baths and magnificent Danube River views.

Stop 1: Paris France

Paris is known as the city of love, and that is relevant for everyone, those who visit with a significant other, friends or solo.

Because you see…one thing is for certain, you will fall in love! This bustling city’s charming streets and famous buildings capture the attention of millions of tourists each year.

With its famous art scene, fashion, and culinary delights. It’s no wonder visitors fall in love with its rich history and iconic landmarks such as the Eiffel Tower, the Louvre, and the Notre Dame Cathedral.

Adding Paris to your 14-day Europe Itinerary will leave you with a lifetime of memories. It is also the perfect starting point with its fantastic train connections to other European destinations.

Things to do in Paris

• Take a snap of the iconic Eiffel Tower .
• Explore the Louvre Museum , home to thousands of works of art, including the Mona Lisa.
• Stroll along the Seine River and enjoy a cruise for spectacular views of the city’s landmarks.
• Take a walk down the Champs-Elysées and visit the Arc de Triomphe .
• Visit Notre-Dame Cathedral and admire its magnificent Gothic architecture.
• Looking for a free 360 view of Paris then make your way up to the rooftop of Lafayette’s Shopping Centre.

Where to stay in Paris

I stayed in the People in Paris Nation and it was perfect for what I needed. I only intended on visiting the city for one day. The rest of my time I spent in Disneyland. That is why The People at Paris Nation was the perfect location for me as it’s just a 40-minute tram ride away from the parks. The only downside to the hostel is there was no kitchen. Although, this is common among all hostels in Paris. The rooms are rather spacious, with a privacy curtain on each bed. The hostel is not located in the centre of Paris and public transport is needed to get in and out of the city. However, this is common for most hostels in Paris. Overall, I’d highly recommend booking a stay in  The People Hostel  at Paris Nation.

Stop 2: Amsterdam

Amsterdam is a city not to be missed. The charming streets, picture-perfect canals and heartbreaking history. It’s the ideal addition to the 2-week Europe Itinerary.

Amsterdam offers an equal blend of historical charm and a modern atmosphere.

The city’s museums house some of the world’s most famous works of art, including those of Van Gogh and Rembrandt.

A visit to the Anne Frank House provides a sad yet important insight into the city’s history, while a bicycle tour offers a unique perspective and a taste of the local lifestyle.

Whether you’re a history buff, an art enthusiast, or a foodie, Amsterdam has something to offer everyone.

Things to do in Amsterdam

• Visit the Van Gogh Museum: It houses the largest collection of Van Gogh’s paintings in the world.
• Take a Canal Cruise: Amsterdam’s canals are a UNESCO World Heritage site. A boat tour offers a unique way to see the city.
• Explore the Anne Frank House: Visit the house where Anne Frank and her family hid during World War II.
• Walk in the Vondelpark: Take a break in Amsterdam’s largest and most popular park.
• Discover the Bloemenmarkt: This is the world’s only floating flower market. You can buy all types of flowers, bulbs and souvenirs here.

Where to stay in Amsterdam:

• € – The Flying Pig Downtown : This is a lively, budget-friendly hostel located near Amsterdam Centraal railway station. It is well-known for its friendly atmosphere and social events.
• €€ – CitizenM Amsterdam : This contemporary hotel offers compact, functional rooms with all the modern amenities. It’s located in Amsterdam’s business district, a short tram ride away from the city centre.

Munich is another amazing city that has so much more to offer than meets the eye. So, much, so that I have been 3 times and I never want to leave!

It’s famous for its Oktoberfest celebrations, beer halls and barbarian food!

One of my favourite things to do in Munich is visit the English gardens and watch the talented surfers do their thing on the Eisbach River.

Yes, that’s right! You can surf…in the city. Now that’s definitely something unique to just Munich.

• The Marienplatz , Munich’s old town square is a must-visit. Especially the views from the old town hall tower.
• Stroll around the English Gardens and watch the talented surfers.
• Walk around the many amazing gardens the city has to offer!
• Savor Bavarian cuisine: Try traditional dishes like pretzels, sausages, and beer in local beer halls.
• Participate in Oktoberfest: If your visit coincides with this annual festival, don’t miss the lively beer tents, traditional music, and festive atmosphere.
• Tour the Hofbräuhaus: Visit this world-famous beer hall for a stein of beer and some hearty German food.

Where to stay in Munich :

I stayed in the Wombats   Werksviertel hostel while visiting Munich. This hostel is newly renovated and has a really modern interior. The dorms are extremely spacious with curtains on the beds for extra privacy. There are two ensuites in the room which was a massive convenience.

Munich is the perfect hub for those dreaming about visiting Germany’s famous fairytale castle, Neuschwanstein.

Now, I must admit it can get incredibly busy so I’d advise arriving as early as possible.

It’s a 2h30mins train ride to Füssen, and then a short bus journey to the castle.

Stop 4: Prague

Prague, the capital city of Czechia, it’s a breathtaking destination steeped in rich history and culture.

The old town is extremely charming with its eye-catching architecture, featuring a mix of Romanesque Chapels, Gothic Cathedrals, and Baroque Palaces.

The city is also home to the iconic Charles Bridge, adorned with statues of Catholic saints, and the magnificent Prague Castle, which provides panoramic views of the city.

Prague is a food lovers paradise! Threat yourself to traditional Czech dishes like goulash and Trdelník – one of the tastiest deserts in Europe!

While you are there don’t forget to leave a token on love on the iconic Lennon Wall!

Things to do in Prague

• Visit Prague Castle: Explore the world’s largest ancient castle, which provides stunning views over the city.
• Stroll across the Charles Bridge: This famous historic bridge crosses the Vltava River and is adorned with statues of Catholic saints.
• Explore Old Town Square: Here, you’ll find fascinating buildings like the Old Town Hall with the Astronomical Clock, Týn Church, and St. Nicholas Church. Don’t forget to climb the tower for a 360 view of the Old Town.
• Visit the John Lennon Wall: Once a normal wall, it has been filled with John Lennon-inspired graffiti and lyrics from Beatles’ songs since the 1980s. They often have markers outside it so you can leave a message of love.
• Explore Petřín Hill: Take the funicular up Petřín Hill and enjoy the landscaped gardens and great views over Prague. This is where the Eiffel Tower of Prague lies 😉

Where to stay in In Prague

Budget Option: The Czech Inn , this is a super social hostel, the rooms are clean, the bathrooms are big and they have a shared kitchen onsite. I found it quite easy to make friends here too.

Mid Range Option : Hotel Pod Věží Located right next to the Charles Bridge, this hotel offers comfortable rooms and exceptional service at a reasonable price.

Luxury Option: The Four Seasons Hotel Prague boasts elegant rooms, a high-end restaurant, and a prime location near the Old Town Square.

Stop 5: Budapest, Hungary

Budapest is by far one of Europe’s most picturesque cities that is 100% worth the visit. Walking around makes you feel as if you stepped straight out of a fairytale book.

The city beautifully balances the old and new. Divided in two by the Danube River, we have Buda and Pest.

Buda, the old city, is filled with historical sites like the Buda Castle and Fisherman’s Bastion, offering breathtaking views of the city.

Pest, the modern part, is a lively area with bustling markets, trendy cafes, and thriving nightlife.

Budapest is also well-known for its thermal baths where you can relax after a day of sightseeing.

Things to do in Budapest

• Explore Buda Castle:  This historic castle and palace complex of the Hungarian kings offers panoramic views of Budapest.
• Visit the Fisherman’s Bastion:  An architectural masterpiece that provides one of the best views of the city.
• Relax in Széchenyi Thermal Bath:  Experience the city’s bath culture in this largest public thermal bath of Budapest.
• Stroll along the Danube Promenade:  This scenic walkway stretches between the Elizabeth Bridge and the Chain Bridge in Pest, offering stunning views of Buda across the river.
• Visit the Hungarian Parliament Building:  Marvel at the architectural beauty of this Gothic Revival-style building, which is one of the largest parliament buildings in the world.
• Take a boat tour down the Danube River to see Budapest from an alternative perspective.
• Go on a thrilling adventure by taking part in one of the city’s wonderful caving tours – one of my favourite things to do in Budapest.

Where to stay in Budapest

• Budget Accommodation: Wombats  is a fantastic hostel in Budapest. It is easy to make friends, it is centrally located and in the heart of all the nightlife.
• Mid-range Accommodation: Bo18 Hotel Superior offers excellent value for money, with comfortable rooms and a good breakfast.
• Luxury Accommodation: Aria Hotel Budapest is a luxury boutique hotel with beautiful decor and a rooftop bar that offers panoramic views of the city.

Budapest is a city that has something for everyone. I can confidently say. Budapest is a destination worth putting on your European Bucket list . There is many reasons to visit for the city’s easy way of getting around, whether you choose to walk, use public transport or threat yourself to a taxi . It is incredibly safe , affordable and english is widely spoken throughout.

2 Weeks Europe Trip Itinerary: Route 3

This is one of the most incredible ways to spend two weeks in Europe, from the sticking beauty of the Croatian Coastline to the picture-perfect landscapes of the Julian Alpes. This route has something for everyone, from party nights in Budapest’s famous ruin bars, and romantic strolls down Venice’s winding streets to heartbreaking lessons from Poland’s past.

All of these destinations are well connected by train making them the perfect combination for your 2 weeks in Europe itinerary.

Stop 1: Split Croatia

Split is a beautiful city located on the Croatian Coast. It is known for its stunning beaches, crystal clear waters and historic heart.

It’s safe to say that this destination is a coastal paradise with plenty of nearby islands that could keep you busy for days!

The city’s narrow, winding streets are lined with beautiful old buildings that host an array of shops, cafes, and restaurants.

It’s home to a lively nightlife scene, friendly locals, and a rich history that dates back to the Romans.

It is a must-stop on any 2-week Europe itinerary and the perfect destination to kick-start your trip!

Things to do in Split, Croatia

• Explore the Old Town visiting places like Diocletian’s Palace and the Bell Tower for 360 views of the city.
• Go on a day trip , explore the nearby islands, visit the iconic blue cave or admire the beauty of Krka National Park.
• Take a hike up Marjan Hill for an alternative view of the city.
• Try Local Cuisine at Konoba Nikola. Taste authentic Dalmatian dishes at this well-loved restaurant.

Where to stay in Split

I stayed in the Enroute Hostel while in Split, it’s one I highly recommend. I made a great group of friends while I was there and it is only a 15-minute walk from the main tourist areas. The rooms are quite large in size however this didn’t really bother me as everyone has their own privacy curtain which is great if you where looking to relax for a few hours.

Stop 2: Zagreb Croatia

Zagreb is Croatia’s capital, a vibrant city steeped in history and cultural richness.

There is so much to see and do, from unique museums to quaint streets and stunning parks.

However, it is important to note, that our time in Zagreb is short. So, I recommend looking up things you would like to do while you are there.

There is something for everyone from history buffs to foodies and art enthusiasts.

Zagreb also has a bursting nightlife scene with multiple places to dance the night away.

Things to do in Zagreb

• Visit the historic Zagreb Cathedral on Kaptol, the most monumental sacral building in Gothic style southeast of the Alps.
• Explore the Museum of Broken Relationships, a quirky and unique attraction that offers a cathartic journey through the mementoes of failed relationships.
• Stroll through the vibrant Dolac Market, known as the ‘Belly of Zagreb’, where you can buy local produce and traditional Croatian specialities.
• Take a walk in Zrinjevac Park, a green oasis in the heart of Zagreb, adorned with fountains, busts of notable people, and a music pavilion.
• Enjoy a panoramic view of the city from the Lotrščak Tower, and make sure you are there at noon to witness the daily cannon firing.

Where to stay in Zagreb

I stayed in the Swanky Mint Hostel and it is the perfect spot for those who want to experience Zagreb by both, day and by night. It is very much a party hostel. It is easy to meet people in the Kitchen or by the rooftop pool (yes, they have a pool). The dorms tend to be a little cramped so I would only stay for a day or two, however, all the other hostel facilities are great.   Book your stay here .

Stop 3: Lake Bled, Slovenia

Lake Bled is one of my FAVOURITE places in all of Europe. The dreamlike town is nestled in the beauty of the Julian Alps.

It is known for its stunning Castle perched on a cliff and the charming island with a church that sits in the middle of the lake.

There is so much to see and do in Bled from a simple stroll around the lake, experiencing the thrill of water sports, or simply soaking in the tranquil surroundings.

It’s a slice of paradise that promises a memorable experience to every visitor, making Bled a must-visit destination in Slovenia.

Things to do in Lake Bled

• A trip to Bled is not complete without visiting the beautiful castle that overlooks the lake.
• Rent a Plenta Boat and head towards the island in the middle of the lake. These boats are so much harder to row than you may think.
• Try Bled Cream Cake . This delicious local dessert is a must-try. It’s the perfect sweet treat after a day of sightseeing.
• The Vintgar Gorge is a must when visiting Bled. It is possible to get a bus here but honestly, I recommend walking. The views along the way are equally as stunning as the gorge .
• There are plenty of day tours of Triglav National Park . And I suggest you do at least one of them. This is such an underrated part of Europe.

Where to stay in Bled

To be honest I had an awful experience while staying in Castle Hostel in Bled. While I was there I got talking to other backpackers and everyone seemed to have issues with their hostels. If you have the budget I’d recommend checking out some more expensive options in the area.

• Hotel Triglav : Located right by the lake, Hotel Triglav offers stunning views and comfortable rooms. It’s also home to a renowned restaurant where you can sample local cuisine.
• Glamping Ribno : For a unique experience, try Glamping Ribno. Here you can stay in a luxurious tent surrounded by nature, a short distance from Bled.
• Apartments Fine Stay Bled : If you prefer self-catering, these apartments offer comfort and convenience. They come with fully equipped kitchens and are close to local amenities.

Stop 4: Ljubljana, Slovenia

Ljubljana is a city that very much surprised me. I didn’t know what to expect. It is home to charming streets, enthusiastic locals and plenty of food options.

Affectionately known as the “city of dragons,” Ljubljana is a place where rich history and tradition meet youthful energy and modern living.

The city’s iconic Dragon Bridge serves as a constant reminder of its medieval history, while the bustling open-air market and numerous art galleries give it a contemporary feel.

I know this is a destination that will steal your heart, from the cobblestone streets of the Old Town to the city’s numerous parks and green spaces. It’s a must-stop on any Europe trip.

Things to do in Ljubljana

• Explore Ljubljana Castle, an ancient fortress with a museum and observation tower offering panoramic views of the city.
• Stroll through Tivoli Park, the largest park in Ljubljana, known for its grand trees, flower beds, and beautiful sculptures.
• Visit the Dragon Bridge, an iconic symbol of Ljubljana, adorned with four dragon statues at its corners.
• Discover the Central Market, an open-air market where you can sample local Slovenian produce and traditional dishes.
• Hop on a boat tour along the Ljubljanica River for a different perspective of the city’s beautiful architecture.

Where to stay in Ljubljana

I really enjoyed my stay in Hostel Vrba , I met some of the most amazing people there, some of which I continued to travel with once I had reached bled. The hostel has a well-equipped kitchen, clean bathrooms and nicely sized dorms. The beds are comfortable and there are lockers inside the rooms with a provided lock which is always nice.

Alex the host is super friendly, she even waited for me as my train was majorly delayed and I arrived 1 hour after the last check in time. The hostel itself is located a little outside the main city, but Ljubanna is quite small and walkable so it didn’t make much of a difference.

There is shops and a bakery nearby for some cheap eats. Overall, I would highly recommend a stay in Hostel Vrba when visiting Ljubanna.

Budapest is by far one of Europe’s most picturesque cities. Walking around makes you feel as if you stepped straight out of a fairytale book.

Buda, the old city, is filled with historical sites like the Buda Castle and Fisherman’s Bastion, offering breathtaking views of the city.

• Explore Buda Castle: This historic castle and palace complex of the Hungarian kings offers panoramic views of Budapest.
• Visit the Fisherman’s Bastion: An architectural masterpiece that provides one of the best views of the city.
• Relax in Széchenyi Thermal Bath: Experience the city’s bath culture in this largest public thermal bath of Budapest.
• Stroll along the Danube Promenade: This scenic walkway stretches between the Elizabeth Bridge and the Chain Bridge in Pest, offering stunning views of Buda across the river.
• Visit the Hungarian Parliament Building: Marvel at the architectural beauty of this Gothic Revival-style building, which is one of the largest parliament buildings in the world.

Wombats is a fantastic hostel in Budapest. It is easy to make friends, it is centrally located and in the heart of all the nightlife. It has a shared kitchen, bar and large social area on site. And the hostel is clean, well looked after and the beds are comfortable too. If I plan a trip to Budapest again I wouldn’t hesitate a stay in Wombats.  Book your trip here.

DISCLAIMER: I also stayed in Flow Spaces while in Budapest on a separate occasion and honestly I had a really bad experience. I do not recommend staying here. You can read about my experience in my Best Hostels in Europe blog post.

Stop 6: Krakow Poland

Krakow, Poland, is an extremely underrated city in Europe, it blends historical significance with youthful energy.

As one of the oldest cities in Poland, Krakow is rich in history and cultural traditions. The city’s old town, a UNESCO World Heritage site, has an elegant look to it, almost just how you would imagine a fairytale to look.

But, Krakow is steeped in a tragic past, with Auschwitz-Birkenau located just a short distance away, it is a reminder of the horrors of the Holocaust.

Despite its historical significance, Krakow is growing as a youthful city, with nearly a quarter of its population comprising students.

Things to do in Krakow

• Walk to the Wawel Castle for stunning views of the city and river.
• Krakow’s Main Market Square is the largest medieval town square in Europe, filled with historic landmarks and bustling cafes.
• Kazimierz District: Explore the vibrant Kazimierz District, once a Jewish quarter, now a hub of contemporary culture filled with galleries and music venues.
• Take a day trip to Auschwitz-Birkenau to witness a moving testament to the Holocaust.
• Admire 360 views of the city from St. Mary’s Basilica .
• Take a day tour to the famous Wieliczka Salt Mine one of the oldest mines still in operation.

Where to stay in Krakow

• Greg&Tom Party Hostel : This is a perfect spot for backpackers looking for an affordable place to stay. The hostel offers dormitory-style rooms and is located near the Main Market Square.
• Queen Boutique Hotel: Located near the Kazimierz District, this hotel offers comfortable rooms and a restaurant serving Polish and international cuisine.

2 Weeks Europe Trip Itinerary: Tips & Advice

Plan your transport.

This may seem like an obvious one but know how you are going to get from A to B in advance. When I started my trip I was very lacked about pre-booking transport/accommodation. I wanted freedom but I quickly got caught out and was left with a booked out mode of transport.

Pre-Plan Your Route

Hopefully, this guide has given you a better idea of where you want to visit while in Europe. If there are places not mentioned here on your bucket list then I recommend double checking if it is a feasible route.

Take advantage of FREE walking Tours

Most cities and large towns have a free walking tour. These are great ways of getting a feel for a city when you first arrive. At the end of the tour you will typically tip the guide €5/10 euro as a way of saying thank you. This is a much more affordable way of seeing a destination.

Look for discounts

I was surprised to see how many attractions offered discounts, some being age-related, time-related or status-related. For example, it was common to see discounts for teachers, students or rail pass holders.

Travel in the off-season

Visiting Europe in the shoulder months is far better than in summer. The temperatures are much more enjoyable, the crowds are far less and things tend to be cheaper. May-June or September-October is a great time for a European adventure.

Be budget-conscious

Don’t presume you will naturally stay within your budget. Spending can get out of hand pretty quickly when you are not paying attention. I used my Revolut  card to stay on top of what I was spending while in Europe. And it was a lifesaver.

Travel Light

You are going to be moving from place to place. So, only pack what you need to avoid sore arms and legs.

Use Local SIM cards

All EU countries allow free roaming throughout Europe (most countries). So, don’t fall for the ‘tourist SIM prices’. You should be able to pick up a sim-only plan in a local network store for about €30 with decent services.

Avoid Tourist Traps

Do some research ahead of visiting some major attractions. Some are simply not worth the time and price.

Be prepared for unexpected expenses

No matter how carefully you plan your trip, there will always be unexpected expenses that can pop up. Be prepared for these by setting aside some extra money in your budget for contingencies, and be flexible enough to adjust your plans if necessary.

Watch out for ATM Fees

Not all ATM’s charge the same withdrawal fees. I have seen some charge as much as €7 to take money out. I recommend only using machines attached to banks. They are normally the cheapest.

Research local events and festivals

You never know what is going on locally while visiting a town or city. You may be pleasantly surprised to find a free concert or event in a local park.

Prepare for tiredness

Tiredness hits you like a wave when travelling Europe. You have no clue when it will happen but I promise it will arrive at least once while on your trip.

2 Week Trip to Europe Itinerary: FAQ

Is europe safe to visit.

Yes, Europe is generally safe to visit. Like any travel destination, it’s important to stay aware of your surroundings and take basic security precautions. You should keep your belongings secure, be mindful of pickpockets in crowded places, and avoid walking alone at night in unfamiliar areas. Be sure to check out travel advisories for specific countries before you go. Travel insurance is also a good idea. This helps you take care of any unexpected issues like illness, injury, or theft. Happy travelling!

How expensive is Europe?

This really depends on where you intend to visit. If you spend most of your time in Eastern Europe you will spend considerably less money than you would in Northern Europe. The same goes for spending time in small villages/towns versus major cities and hubs.

My advice is to set a realistic budget and stick too it. One day you may spend a large chunk of money and then spend the next relaxing by the beach.

How much does 2 weeks in Europe cost?

This all comes down to your personal spending habits. And determined how much it costs to travel Europe for each individual person can be difficult. Below is a ballpark for 3 different types of travellers.

For those looking to explore Europe on a budget expect to pay anywhere from €710-€1270 for two weeks.

For travellers on more of a mid range budget you should budget for €2530-3530 for the two weeks.

And luxury travellers the range is quite big, expect to pay anywhere from €5400 to €16000 for two weeks of travel.

Is two weeks enough time to spend in Europe?

Two weeks can be enough to enjoy a taste of Europe, but you won’t be able to explore everything. The best approach is to focus on a few key destinations that you’re most interested in.

Plan your itinerary in a way that allows you to spend a few days in each place so you can soak up the local culture, visit main attractions, and also have some downtime.

Remember, the goal of travel is not just to see as many places as possible, but to enjoy and experience each place you visit.

How many European Countries can I visit in 2 weeks?

I would suggest visiting 4 or less countries over a 2 week period. Remember that you actually want to experience each place. The idea is not to see somewhere and then leave again a few hours later.

Is €10,000 enough for 2 weeks in Europe?

Yes, €10,000 is more than enough money for two weeks in Europe. Is it possible to spend €10,000 in this time frame. Yes, of course. But that all comes down to how well you budget. I would predict that the average person would spend between €2000-4000 on a two-week trip in Europe.

When is the Best time to spend two weeks in Europe?

The best time to spend two weeks in Europe largely depends on your personal preferences and the countries you plan to visit.

However, many agree that spring (May to June) and fall (September to October) are generally the best times.

During these periods, you can enjoy mild weather and fewer crowds. In spring, you’ll witness Europe in bloom, while autumn offers a palette of fall colours.

Summer (July and August) tends to be quite crowded, especially in popular tourist destinations, but it’s also when most festivals and events take place.

Winter (November to March) is less crowded, except during the Christmas market season, and offers the opportunity for winter sports in countries like Switzerland, France, and Austria. Remember, each season has its unique charm in Europe!

What’s the best way of getting around Europe?

Trains are a fantastic way to travel around Europe. They are fast, efficient, and often scenic, offering a comfortable journey and easy access to city centres.

Europe’s extensive rail network connects all major cities, making it convenient for inter-country travel. Plus, with a variety of rail passes available, it can also be an economical choice for those planning to visit multiple destinations.

Remember that train schedules and ticket prices can vary, so it’s a good idea to plan your journey and book tickets in advance if you don’t with a pass.

What currency do they use in Europe?

The currency used in Europe varies. The Euro is the most common currency, used by 19 of the 27 European Union member countries. These include popular destinations like France, Germany, Italy, Spain, and Greece.

However, some countries, including the UK and Switzerland, have retained their own currencies – the British Pound and the Swiss Franc, respectively.

Eastern European countries, such as Hungary and Czech Republic, also have their own currencies – the Hungarian Forint and the Czech Koruna.

It’s always a good idea to check the currency of the country you’re visiting before you go, and remember, credit cards are widely accepted across Europe.

Do most people speak English in Europe?

Yes, English is widely spoken across Europe, especially in major cities and tourist areas. However, the level of English proficiency can vary.

In countries like the Netherlands, Sweden, and Denmark, a large majority of people speak English very well.

In others, such as France, Italy, and Spain, you may encounter more people who do not speak English, especially in rural areas.

It’s always polite for you to learn a few basic phrases in the local language of the country you’re visiting.

Do I need a visa to travel Europe?

Whether you need a visa to travel in Europe depends on your nationality and the countries you plan to visit. For example, citizens of the United States, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand can visit the Schengen Area (which includes most European countries) without a visa for up to 90 days within a 180-day period.

But, if you’re from a country outside of this list, you may need to apply for a Schengen visa. Always check with the embassy or consulate of the country you’re visiting to get the most accurate and up-to-date information.

Planning a trip to Europe? Here’s some post to help with your planning!

• Fairytale Places in Europe
• 2 Week Europe Itinerary
• 3 Week Europe Itinerary
• How much my 4 Month Europe Trip Cost
• Best Hostels in Europe (My Personal Reviews)
• How big Texas is compared to Europe (I’m Shocked)

Similar Posts

3 Week Interrail Route: Explore Europe by Train in 2024!

Ahhhh Europe! I do love the diversity. Sipping cocktails by the Seine River in Paris or Trekking up the Julian Alps in Slovenia. No matter where you go there is always a new and exciting adventure just waiting to happen. I’ll never forget the day my ‘European Dreams’ became a reality. Travelling through Europe by…

How big is Ireland? Size Comparison to the US & European Countries

How big is Ireland? An answer that shocks many, most people are surprised to find that Ireland is actually a rather small country. We Irish are known all across the world for our lively personalities, traditional music and sad history, but the size of our country is often overlooked. I can only presume this is…

Is Lisbon Expensive? (A 2024 Cost Breakdown)

So, you’re planning a trip to the stunning capital of Portugal, but you have one question before you commit and book your flight. ‘Is Lisbon Expensive to Visit?’. Well, in this post we are going to break it down. Let’s take a look at just how much a trip to Lisbon costs, from accommodation and…

What language do they speak in Budapest? (A 2024 Travel Guide)

If you are planning a trip to Hungary’s Capital you may find yourself asking, ‘What language do they speak in Budapest?’ It can be daunting visiting a destination for the first time, unsure if you will be able to speak to locals, order food or navigate your way around.  Well, in today’s post, we are…

Is Portugal in Europe? The EU? Or the Schengen Area?

Travel makes us curious, it makes us want to learn more about places that have different foods, landmarks, and cultures from our own. Perhaps our interest was sparked by a TV show or an online video. Either way, knowing where each destination you plan to visit is located is an extremely important task. Portugal is a country that…

LOOKING FOR THE BEST FOOD TOURS IN MUNICH? – I’ve Got You Covered

LOOKING FOR THE BEST FOOD TOURS IN MUNICH? Well, then you have come to the right place. Munich is an incredible city, full of wonderful things to do. One of my personal favourites is trying all the delicious Bavarian Cuisine. Now, you can, of course, sample all the tasty bites Munich has to offer alone…

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

How to Plan an Epic 2 Week Europe Trip (+ Europe Itinerary Ideas!)

Ready to plan a 2 week Europe trip but not quite sure where to start?

We want to help!

Whether it’s your first trip to Europe or your tenth, there’s something simultaneously overwhelming and exhilarating about planning a trip through multiple countries that–for us and most of the readers of this blog post–lie across an ocean from home.

I’ll never forget planning our first 2 week Europe itinerary: I pored over flight schedules, bucket lists, budgets, and maps for months, desperate to pull together the ultimate Europe trip.

Some links in this post may be affiliate links. If you make a purchase through one of these links, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. Please see our disclosure policy for more detail.

There were many, many lists involved in planning that first trip, and after months of planning, I emerged with an eclectic but incredible itinerary that kicked our love of travel into high gear.

In the summer of 2015, Jeremy and I spent a little over 2 weeks in Europe exploring Krakow , Budapest , Plitvice Lakes National Park , Zadar , Dublin , and the Cliffs of Moher (I told you it was eclectic!).

We’ve now cumulatively spent years of our lives traveling in Europe, falling in love with world-famous cities and less iconic locations alike, and there’s absolutely nothing we like better than helping people plan their own unforgettable adventures.

Over the years, we’ve explored the continent in almost every way possible, from backpacking Europe on a budget for 2 weeks to checking into luxury hotels to playing tour guide for family and friends to finally spending more than a year living in Lisbon, Portugal !

We’ve put together this 2 week Europe itinerary guide to help you plan your trip–here’s what you need to know before you go.

(Also, yes–this is an incredibly long blog post! We recommend using the table of contents right below this paragraph to help you navigate to different sections depending on what you’re hoping to read first.)

Table of Contents

How to Use This 2 Week Europe Trip Guide

Exciting 2 week europe itinerary ideas, how to get around during 2 weeks in europe, important tips for planning a 2 week europe trip, faq for spending 2 weeks in europe, what to pack for 2 weeks in europe, read more about visiting europe.

This 2 week Europe trip guide is designed for someone hoping to see the highlights of a few different European destinations, spread across multiple countries, in only a couple of weeks.

We’ve primarily written it for someone planning their first trip to Europe, but if this is your second trip, third trip, or beyond, hopefully, we have some interesting ideas and tips for you, too!

And, of course, given that Europe is home to more than 50 countries and is roughly the same size as the USA, no 2 weeks in Europe could hope to cover the entire continent or all of its numerous and distinct cultures, languages, and histories.

For ease of communication, we’ll talk in general terms about traveling in Europe here, but once you pick your itinerary, of course, you’ll want to follow up with further research on the specific locations you’ll be visiting.

And, once you’re further along in your planning process, we’d love to help you with some of that planning here on Our Escape Clause, too!

We’ll link to relevant blog posts throughout this travel guide, but given the hundreds of posts we have on the site, we won’t be able to link them all.

You can use our destinations page or the search bar on the top right of the page (on desktop) or at the top of the pop-out menu (on mobile) to find our content about various specific destinations across Europe or general travel tips.

For example, a few of our most popular guides that might come in handy next include our guide to traveling Europe by train , our 75 best Europe travel tips , and our (biased) guide to the best cities in Europe .

The number of possible 2 week Europe itinerary ideas is truly infinite–just look at the odd itinerary that I cobbled together for us in 2015 as an example !

However, the sample itineraries for Europe outlined below should give you a good idea of what you can accomplish with around 14 days in Europe .

I truly struggled to narrow down these ideas–I could name 10 more excellent 2 week Europe trips in an instant, and still feel like I was leaving so much on the table.

I aimed to keep these mostly focused on destinations that are popular for first-time visitors to Europe, with just a couple of slight curve balls thrown in.

The Classic: London, Paris, Rome

As three of the world’s most beloved and celebrated cities, you can’t go wrong with splitting your 2 weeks in Europe between London, Paris, and Rome.

As the capital of an English-speaking country and home to an enormous airport hub, London makes logistical sense for a first trip to Europe hailing from North America–and, of course, it’s a truly fascinating city.

Visit Buckingham Palace and Hyde Park, stroll through Notting Hill, snap photos of Big Ben, check out the Tower Bridge and the Tower of London , visit the Wizarding World of Harry Potter, stop by Piccadilly Circus, ride the London Eye , and tour the British Museum.

… And that’s just to get you started !

The City of Lights is one of our favorite cities in the world and was also the first place we visited on our very first trip to Europe (we spent a week there and then planned our 2 week Europe trip outlined in the introduction of this blog post the following year).

Since then, we haven’t been able to stop going back, and believe that it’s an excellent addition to any 2 week Europe itinerary!

While you’re in Paris , visit the Eiffel Tower, marvel at the beauty of Sainte-Chapelle, tour the Louvre and the Musee d’Orsay, stroll the picturesque streets of Montmartre and the Latin Quarter, visit the Palais Garnier, discover hidden passages and tiny cafes, and soak up every minute of that Parisian charm.

Our full guide to planning your first trip to Paris can help you get started!

Ah, Rome –if Paris is the first European city we fell in love with, Rome is probably our deepest love on the continent.

From wonders of Ancient Rome like the Colosseum, Roman Forum, and Pantheon to more recent additions like the Vatican Museums , Trevi Fountain, and winding cobblestone streets of Trastevere , exploring Rome is a captivating, engaging experience that we can’t recommend highly enough.

And, of course, you couldn’t ask for a better cuisine to savor during your 2 weeks in Europe: Rome is home to some of the best pasta in all of Italy!

Southern Europe Charm: Madrid, Rome, Amalfi Coast

Want your 2 weeks in Europe to focus on a delightful combination of history, food, and sunshine?

Head directly to Spain and Italy!

While Barcelona gets all the love (and a lot of the crowds), we’re personally smitten with the Spanish capital of Madrid… and excellent flight deals from North America make it almost irresistible on a 2 week Europe itinerary.

With a few days in Madrid , you can admire world-class art in the Prado, soak in Spanish culture with a stroll through Retiro Park, eat all the tapas and churros con chocolate you can get your hands on, tour the Royal Palace , check out an Egyptian temple, and take day trips to fairytale towns like Toledo and Segovia.

I described Rome in the first Europe itinerary on this list, so I won’t repeat myself here, but as I sit typing this Europe travel blog post out in a Rome apartment while dreaming of the carbonara I’ll eat for dinner tonight, all I can say is: you won’t regret coming to Rome (and scroll up for more details).

And, while I detailed some of Rome’s highlights above, let me also say… don’t forget to get off the beaten path in the Eternal City , either!

Amalfi Coast

The famed Amalfi Coast , with its dramatic cliffs, chic villages like Positano, delicious lemons, and jaw-droppingly beautiful hikes like the Path of the Gods, is a fabulous conclusion to any 2 week Europe trip–where better to relax than one of the most beautiful coastlines in the world?

While you’re there, be sure to make room for plenty of day trips!

Iconic locations like Capri and Pompeii , as well as less-popular but equally amazing spots like Ischia, Herculaneum , and Procida, are all at your fingertips when staying on the Amalfi Coast.

(Also, if you like page-turning novels about friendship and Italy, I highly recommend reading Elena Ferrante’s My Brilliant Friend series before coming or while visiting Europe).

Regal Central Europe: Prague, Vienna, Budapest

Sweeping boulevards, dramatic architecture, beautiful coffeehouses, and tasty comfort food: a trip to Central Europe is an absolute delight.

In my opinion, this region truly shines during the winter months when Christmas markets are in full swing and the hearty cuisine keeps you warm from the inside out.

I’ll try to keep this section quite brief, as I’ve already written a detailed Central Europe itinerary here , but suffice it to say, we love it.

Known as the City of a Hundred Spires (and also for the fact that beer is cheaper than water here–true story, at least when it comes to pricey bottled water at restaurants), Prague is easily in the running for the most beautiful city in Europe.

The beauty of Prague Castle, St. Vitus Cathedral, the famed Charles Bridge, and Prague’s well-known astronomical clock will all draw you in.

If you have enough time, consider adding a day trip to a smaller Czech town like gorgeous Český Krumlov as well!

Regal and beautiful, full of spacious, wide avenues and ornate buildings, Austria’s capital city is the perfect place to come to tour grand palaces ( Schonbrunn is one of the most popular), see a show in one of the world’s premier opera houses, and to enjoy European cafe culture at its finest.

We absolutely adore Vienna’s coffee houses–be sure to try a slice (or several) of Esterhazy Cake while there, as well as Viennese hot chocolate.

The city’s famed Spanish riding school and striking St. Stephen’s Cathedral are also worth adding to your list!

As our favorite city in central Europe and one of our top 10 cities in Europe overall, I really can’t say enough about how beautiful Budapest is! 

The city is somehow, simultaneously, both grand and down-to-earth , absolutely gorgeous while also remaining accessible, affordable, and fairly simple to visit and explore.

While in Budapest, go for a soak in the famous thermal baths, tour one of the most beautiful houses of Parliament in Europe, check out a castle, visit grand basilicas, take a boat ride down the Danube, and, if you’re up for a bit of adventure, even go on a cave tour!

Be sure not to miss the great food , either–Budapest’s hearty cuisine is a delight, and one of our all-time favorite wine tastings took place there!

Europe for Art Lovers: Paris, Florence, Venice

If you’re an art buff at heart, you can’t ask for a better sampling of some of the continent’s most beloved artistic cities than the trifecta of Paris, Florence, and Venice (and it certainly helps that each city is practically an art museum in and of itself).

From the Louvre to the Musee d’Orsay to the Orangerie to the Musee Rodin to the Centre Pompidou to the Cluny Museum, it would probably take a lifetime to enjoy all the art museums in Paris alone.

And of course, the city has so much more to offer once you need a break!

Nicknamed the Cradle of the Renaissance, Florence boasts the finest collection of Renaissance art on the planet–and claims many of its most famous artists as locals. 

Michelangelo, DaVinci, Botticelli, and more all originally hailed from Florence, and their works are scattered about the city.

Perhaps most famously, Michelangelo’s David is in the Galleria dell’Accademia and Botticelli’s The Birth of Venus is in the Uffizi Gallery .

And of course, no art-focused trip to the Cradle of the Renaissance can overlook Florence’s iconic Duomo , a masterpiece of the era!

Located an easy train ride away from Florence, Venice may be slightly less well-known for its art than the first two cities on this 2 week Europe itinerary, but there’s no doubt that there’s plenty to find!

From the utter masterpiece of St. Mark’s Basilica (don’t miss a chance to go in!) to the incredible Doge’s Palace to the famous Galleria dell’Accademia (not to be confused with the one in Florence!) that focuses mostly on Venetian artists, Venice is an art lover’s dream.

Mix it up by adding a visit to the Peggy Guggenheim Collection, which holds modern art, and a gondola ride .

A fter all, Venice itself is no doubt one of the best artistic masterpieces in the city, and it deserves to be seen from all its best angles.

The Incredible Iberian Peninsula: Lisbon, The Algarve, Andalucia

The Iberian Peninsula is dominated by Spain and Portugal , and while I might be biased after spending more than a year living in Lisbon, it makes for an unforgettable Eurotrip!

(The fact that there are often flight deals from the US to Lisbon and Madrid doesn’t hurt, either).

There are infinite ways to craft southern Europe itineraries out of these two countries, but here’s one great option…

Start your trip with a few days in Lisbon , Portugal’s trendy capital city, soaking up beautiful views from its many miradouros , sampling Portuguese food (starting with pastéis de nata ), touring the incredible Jerónimos Monastery, and taking day trips from Lisbon to nearby gems like the palaces of Sintra and/or the beach resort town of Cascais .

Be prepared to head up and down a lot of hills while you’re there–but Lisbon is worth the climb.

If you’re looking for neighborhoods to wander through, Alfama, Castelo, Chiado, and Bairro Alto are particularly picturesque–keep an eye out for trams, azulejos, and peacocks as you explore!

And, while Lisbon’s top attractions are definitely worth a visit, seeking out some of the many hidden gems in Lisbon will add extra beauty to your trip.

The Algarve

After saying goodbye to Lisbon, head south of Portugal’s Algarve for a dizzying array of whitewashed villages (you’ll find many of the best beach towns in Portugal here) and a picturesque coastline.

Lagos is one of the most popular places to stay, and we can highly recommend it–don’t miss the famous Ponta da Piedade, which photos can’t do justice to.

Nearby attractions (ideally, you’ll want to rent a car in the Algarve) include the famous Benagil Cave and the unmissable Seven Hanging Valleys Trail!

For the second week of your trip in Europe, cross the border into southern Spain (note: there’s no direct train access for this journey, but there are buses).

Split your time between any two of Andalucia’s incredible cities, taking nearby day trips from there.

Seville (with its Alcazar and famous Plaza de Espana), Granada (home of the Alhambra ), and Cordoba (home of the Mosque-Cathedral , one of the most unique houses of worship in the world) are all wonderful inland options.

On the coast, options include Cadiz, Malaga, Marbella, Tarifa, and many more.

With a bit more than 2 weeks in Europe or an ambitious schedule, you may be able to squeeze in a day trip to Gibraltar and/or Tangier, Morocco while here!

Food + History: Athens, Santorini, Istanbul

Feel like heading further east–as far east as you can get during a Europe vacation?

Greece and Turkey pair very well for a 14 day European itinerary–here’s what that might look like.

Start your trip in Athens, marveling at some of the world’s most remarkable ruins, including the famous Acropolis complex and museum.

Be sure to make time to explore non-ancient aspects of Athens as well, including the trendy Plaka neighborhood, Monastiraki Square (and nearby flea market!), and Syntagma Square.

And of course, one of the absolute best things to do after you touch down in Athens is to dive into plate after plate of phenomenal Greek food –that alone is worth traveling to Greece for ( our Athens food tour remains one of my favorites that we’ve taken in Europe).

Truly, any one of Greece’s amazing islands would fit nicely into this 2 week Europe itinerary, but where better to choose than Santorini , with its iconic blue-and-white color scheme, fantastic caldera views, and excellent flight connections?

While Santorini isn’t best known for its beaches–you’re better off heading to Crete for those–you sure can’t beat the charming villages or stunning nature.

The city of two continents, where thousands of years of history blend seamlessly with modern life, and where you can eat one of the best breakfasts you’ll ever experience in your life: Istanbul tops bucket lists around the world, and there is simply nowhere on the planet quite like it.

Marvel at the Blue Mosque, step inside the Hagia Sophia, eat your weight in Turkish breakfast (seriously, I can’t emphasize enough how tasty it is), admire the views of the Bosphorus, climb the Galata Tower, and shop your way through the Grand Bazaar.

Since this Europe travel blog post focuses on, well, Europe, I won’t sketch out any other possibilities further east in Turkey in detail…

But, if you have time, you could easily add a visit to Cappadocia , complete with a sunrise hot air balloon ride, to your trip, or even a visit to the ruins of Ephesus.

Architecture + Culture: Cologne, Amsterdam, Belgium

With this small triangle of destinations, you can easily visit separate countries via train, with very little travel time between them!

And, if you were particularly motivated to add another, you could even squeeze in a day trip to Luxembourg.

If you’re looking for a winter itinerary for Europe that focuses on cities, this is a fantastic option.

Home to a stunning cathedral and what may just be the best Christmas markets on the planet, Cologne is a gorgeous German city that is a delight to explore on foot.

Don’t miss its soaring Gothic Cathedral while you’re there!

… Though honestly, that would be hard to do, considering you can see it right as you step outside the train station.

As one of the most popular cities to visit in Europe, Amsterdam requires no introduction.

The city of canals, biking, and revelry is somehow even more beautiful in person than in the billions of photos of it.

While you’re there, be sure to take a canal cruise, stroll the 9 Streets, and visit at least a couple of the city’s museums (the Anne Frank House is incredibly moving).

If you visit Amsterdam in winter , you’ll no doubt need to bundle up–but the lack of crowds in this often-packed city is also a treat to experience.

Perhaps it may be slightly unfair to list Belgium entirely while the other destinations are split into cities… but considering Belgium’s two most popular cities, Bruges and Ghent , are located less than an hour apart by train, you can cover quite a bit of the country in a few days !

With stunning architecture, canals, and carbs (bring on the waffles and frites), it’s easy to have a blast in Belgium.

Winter in Belgium brings a lack of crowds and plenty of festivities during the Christmas season!

Alpine Escape: Bavaria, Switzerland’s Jungfrau Region, Milan, and Lake Como

If your dream Europe trip involves plenty of Alpine views with a side of cities, this is the itinerary for Europe in 2 weeks for you.

Start your trip in Bavaria, the land of castles, beer, and outdoor delights.

City lovers will enjoy being based in Munich (don’t miss the opulent Munich Residenz or view from St. Peter’s Church and/or the Town Hall Tower while there).

From Munich, you can easily day trip to more mountainous areas, starting with Fussen, home to Germany’s famous Neuschwanstein Castle .

If you get good weather and want to see as many mountains as possible, a day trip to the Zugspite–the highest point in Germany–is also an option.

Really, though, if there’s one thing to prioritize in Munich, it’s to eat and drink all the sausage, pretzels, beer, and beyond you can get your hands on!

Switzerland’s Jungfrau Region

I am convinced that Switzerland’s Jungfrau region–located around (literally, above) Interlaken–is paradise on earth in the summer.

If you’re dreaming of the Alps, check into a hotel in Wengen, Murren, or Grindelwald (for the best views) or Interlaken (for a bit more selection) or Lauterbrunnen (to be in the literal center of the action) and have the trip of your dreams.

Switzerland’s legendarily efficient trains and gondolas mean that wherever you stay, the region is at your fingertips.

Hiking from Mannlichen to Kleine Scheidigg, riding the highest train in Europe to Jungfraujoch (aka the “Top of Europe”), eating daily fondue, walking from Murren to Gimmelwald , and riding a historic cogwheel train to Schynige Platte are just a few of the unforgettable experiences you’ll find here.

Milan + Lake Como

End your trip to Milan and Lake Como , two of the most popular destinations in northern Italy!

In Milan , be sure to visit its legendary Duomo, stroll through the Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II, visit Sforzesco Castle, and, if you can get tickets (plan ahead!) see Da Vinci’s The Last Supper .

At Lake Como (just an hour north of Milan by train), take a boat tour around the lake and visit delightfully charming towns like Varenna and Bellagio while admiring magnificent Alpine views.

Getting around in each city on your 2 week Europe itinerary is a question better suited to blog posts on that particular city, so this section is designed to address getting in between each destination during your 14 days in Europe.

We recommend checking several solutions for each destination, as you never know what will crop up!

Personally, our first 2 week Europe trip involved an overnight train, a budget plane ride, and a couple of rental cars.

Train travel is our absolute favorite way to travel in Europe!

I t’s much less stressful than traveling by plane, especially once you get the hang of it, far more comfortable, and for those of us hailing from North America, it’s a travel experience in its own right!

We recommend using services like Omio to compare train prices across multiple countries.

It works more or less exactly like a car rental aggregate does, searching multiple companies and generating the best routes and prices for your dates.

Keep in mind that train travel is most useful in western and central Europe–once you head into eastern Europe and especially the Balkans, train travel becomes more limited and bus travel more common (for example, popular Dubrovnik, Croatia doesn’t have a train station).

Shop train routes and tickets prices in Europe today!

For those traveling on a budget or between two smaller destinations where rail travel isn’t an option, buses can be a very affordable choice.

In addition to standard local buses, companies like Flixbus provide an easy-to-use service, and you can check their prices and availability directly or through Omio as well (that way you can compare train tickets at the same time).

Browse bus routes in Europe today!

With plenty of budget airlines and plenty of airports to choose from, if you plan wisely, it’s possible to take flights in Europe that are so inexpensive you wonder how the company pays for the fuel.

S eriously: 10 Euro flights are possible, though we’ve never actually managed to pay that since we prefer to check our bags !

When looking for flights within Europe, we recommend using Google Flights in order to search the whole continent at once (you can simply put “Europe” in as the destination, and it’ll pull up a map of prices). 

With a little flexibility on destination (for example, maybe flying into nearby Bologna is cheaper than flying into Florence ?) and even on dates if possible, you just might end up with an excellent flight deal or two during your trip to Europe.

Personally, we recommend avoiding a car rental when possible during your 2 weeks in Europe, especially if you’re following anything resembling a Europe itinerary like the ones I outlined above.

In large cities, rental cars are a hindrance and a liability, not an asset, and they add quite a bit to your bottom line.

That being said, if you’re planning on visiting any rural areas or small towns, road trips in Europe can be a delight!

Y ou could consider renting a car for a couple of days in Tuscany , for example, or to visit the villages of Provence.

If you do choose to rent a car, we recommend searching for the best prices through Discover Cars , which will allow you to search multiple companies at once and come up with a great option. 

While major international carriers like Hertz and Enterprise are available in Europe, they’re not always the best deal, and searching for a combination of local and international companies is best.

Personally, we have no loyalty to any one rental car company, and book with whoever is most affordable (and we always buy the extra insurance).

As a result, we’ve rented cars through easily more than 15 or 20 agencies over the years (I’d be hard-pressed even to estimate it), and we’ve never had any issues with surprise charges.

Price out rental cars with Discover Cars now!

Don’t forget boats when it comes to planning a 2 week Europe itinerary, especially over the summer!

While ferries between or to/from islands are obviously the most popular ( Dubrovnik to Hvar , for example, or Barcelona to Mallorca), there are longer ferry options as well!

Last summer, we took a ferry from Barcelona to Rome and loved the experience of drifting along the Mediterranean Sea for 24 hours!

Many ferry routes are seasonal, but not all.

Don’t plan to visit too many destinations.

With only around 14 days in Europe, I know it can be incredibly tempting to squeeze in as many destinations as possible (and I have many fevered outlines of ridiculously ambitious trips I planned in my college days to prove it), but your trip will go so much more smoothly if you can resist that temptation.

In most cases, we recommend an absolute minimum of two full days per major city.

By full days, I mean with limited exceptions (like a red-eye flight that lands at 8:00 AM), the day you arrive and the day you depart don’t count as a “day” in a given city–just as a travel day.

Three or four days per city is even better and will allow you to potentially squeeze in a day trip from that city to a smaller city or village if you want to mix things up.

Start and end in a major airport hub.

It doesn’t necessarily have to be the same hub–more on that below–but there are definitely airports that are cheaper to fly into and out of for intercontinental flights than others.

Budapest may be affordable once you’re there, for example, but flying from the US directly to Budapest can hurt the wallet!

For those of you coming from the USA, London, Dublin , Madrid , Paris , Lisbon , Frankfurt, Amsterdam , and Milan are a few places to check ticket prices for.

That’s not an exhaustive list by any means, but there are often flight deals to and from these cities.

If you can, use an open-jaw ticket rather than a return ticket.

This will allow you to begin and end your 2 weeks in Europe in entirely different destinations, and let you avoid doubling back!

While one-way tickets can be pricier than round-trip ones, if you’re flexible on your dates and destinations (so deciding which cities to start and end in partially based on price), you can usually find excellent deals

This is exactly how we ended up flying into Krakow and out of Dublin for our first 2 week Europe trip!

You will be exhausted at some point. Plan for it.

Two weeks in Europe may not seem like a ton, but if you’re anything like us or virtually all of the travelers we have talked to, exhaustion will set in during your trip.

Sightseeing in Europe is fabulous, but it’s also tiring.

Add in navigating cultural differences, language barriers, and moving countries every few days, and you’re bound to need a break at some point.

We recommend planning a couple of laid-back days without museum visits, tours, or day trips so that you can catch your breath and avoid burnout.

Try to be flexible with where you go.

As you start pricing train, plane, and bus tickets for your trip to Europe, you’ll likely notice dramatic shifts–for example, is it 4x the money to get to London instead of Amsterdam?

Does traveling to Prague require a long flight and 2 layovers but Rome is a quick hop away?

If you can, be flexible when you come upon these challenges: we recommend having 1-2 “must visit” destinations and filling in the rest of your trip based on a combination of logistics and desire.

After all, there’s no way you can see it all on a 2 week Europe trip anyway!

Don’t underestimate the time and energy it takes to change destinations.

“Oh, it’s only a 3-hour train ride away! That’s nothing!”

I think we’ve all said that at some point when planning a multi-country trip, but be cautious.

Three hours on the train doesn’t account for packing and unpacking, getting to and from the train station, checking out of and into a hotel… you get the picture.

If you’re looking at a high-level schedule without picking a specific date or time, you may also come to find that sure, there’s one direct 3-hour train between two cities… but it leaves at 10:00 PM or 6:00 AM, and the rest of the trains require layovers.

Or perhaps the direct train only runs 3 days a week.

Or maybe you’re looking at a plane, in which case, be sure to add at least 4 hours to your transit time: getting to and from the airport and security/check-in beforehand.

Long story short, travel days between countries are virtually always more tiring and time-consuming than they look at first glance, so don’t overcommit on those days when planning your ultimate Europe trip!

Big cities are more accessible than small towns and nature areas.

For the first trip to Europe especially, big cities are absolutely the easiest to plan your itinerary for Europe around.

They’re generally easier and cheaper to get into and out of, and there’s far more information available about them online to help plan your trips.

That’s no reason not to visit other places too, of course–but keep in mind that the more rural the area, the more logistically challenging your trip will be.

Skip-the-line tickets are incredibly useful.

I’m sure it comes as absolutely no surprise that the world’s most iconic monuments and museums tend to get a bit crowded… and that makes skip-the-line tickets invaluable, especially with only 2 weeks in Europe to squeeze in as much sightseeing as possible.

In some places (like the Arc de Triomphe ) they’re available without any additional fee, and in other places (like the Colosseum) they cost a bit extra.

Either way, though, it’s 1000% worth the price and effort to get tickets online beforehand for popular spots, especially if you’re traveling during the high season.

And, in 2024, it’s worth pointing out that given ever-changing capacity limits, it’s a better idea than ever to book in advance–and for some attractions, it’s even required!

When 2020 shook the travel industry to its core, many of the most popular museums and monuments in Europe found that life was easier with reservations and online bookings, and have continued prioritizing that system over traditional lines and ticket booths even as crowds returned to “normal”.

We use skip-the-line tickets all over the continent and book them through Get Your Guide .

Book your hotels and major transportation in advance.

Before kicking off your 2 week Europe itinerary, we recommend having all of your hotels and major transportation (so travel between destinations) booked and ready to go.

This dramatically cuts down on stress levels, makes it easier to budget and plan out your days, and generally helps your trip run more smoothly.

These days, we book virtually all of our lodging (including apartments, farm stays, houses, and more) through Booking.com .

Smaller things, like metro passes or tickets for getting around cities, can be handled once you arrive.

If you can, we recommend taking at least one food tour during your 2 weeks in Europe.

Food tours are one of our favorite ways to get our bearings in a new city while learning about the culture, history, and neighborhood through something we can all appreciate: a tasty meal.

We’ve taken food tours in several countries around the world, including many in Europe, and have never walked away unsatisfied!

You do need to pay to use the restroom… sometimes.

Throughout Europe, public restrooms are generally available for a fee (typically either half a Euro or a Euro).

If you’d like to avoid those costs, be sure to take advantage of available restrooms in restaurants and museums as you sightsee !

Also, toilet paper is far from guaranteed in public toilets on the street.

We recommend carrying a small pack of tissues with you just in case.

Will I need an adapter?

Most likely, yes!

Luckily, adapters are cheap to buy and easy to carry–we recommend picking these up before you go.

Keep in mind that the UK and a few other countries ( Ireland , Malta ) use a separate plug from the bulk of the continent.

If you’re heading to a place that uses UK plugs, you’ll want these adapters as well.

Is a money belt a good idea?

It depends, honestly.

We used a money belt for our first trip to Europe and for a couple after that.

Back then, we weren’t used to life in bustling big cities, and though we knew that thieves knew about them (because they definitely do), Jeremy found them comfortable enough to wear and it was an easy way to keep our belongings a bit more secure.

If you’re not used to traveling in a big city or watching for pickpockets, I don’t think it’s a terrible idea to use one– this is the one we used and we had no complaints–but I also don’t think it’s necessary, especially if you’re comfortable in large cities.

Is the water safe to drink?

Usually, yes.

We drink out of the tap just about anywhere in Europe.

In rare cases where the water is not safe to drink (usually in remote areas of southern and eastern Europe, or in very old buildings with iffy pipes), there will generally be large and obvious signs stating so.

If you’re worried about it, though, you can always ask your hotel concierge or host about it!

Is it worth going to Europe for 2 weeks?

This is a pretty common question, and honestly, I get it: with long and expensive flights, it’s easy to wonder if flying to Europe for “only” 2 weeks is worth it.

But yes, it absolutely is!

Two weeks in Europe is long enough that you’ll have plenty of time to get past jetlag, visit several destinations, and have a wonderful trip packed with memories.

Now whether or not it’s worth flying to Europe for just one week is a bit more controversial… but we love to travel Europe so much that we still say yes (for some people).

How extreme is the language barrier?

It varies significantly, of course, but generally, it’s not nearly as difficult as first-time visitors to Europe worry before they arrive (ourselves included).

We recommend learning basic phrases in the language of the countries you are visiting during your 2 week Europe itinerary, but this is usually more for good manners than out of necessity.

While you can absolutely find monolingual Europeans in virtually any country, especially in smaller cities and towns, the people employed in customer service roles and in the tourism industry in major cities–in other words, where most or all of your 2 weeks in Europe will likely take place–generally speak some English.

How many European countries should you visit in 2 weeks?

For most travelers, we recommend roughly 3 “base” destinations for a 2 week Europe trip, plus a couple of day trips from there to mix things up.

These can all be in one country (for example, here’s how we recommend spending 2 weeks in Italy ), or they can be in 3 separate countries!

There are plenty of exceptions to this standard layout, of course, but it’s a doable but exciting number of destinations to work with for most 14 day Europe itineraries.

When should I tip?

While this is very country and industry-dependent, generally speaking, tipping is not nearly as prominent in Europe as it is in the USA, and you’ll virtually never need to tip over 10%.

In some countries, you may also tip 5-10% at restaurants, while in others, you might round up the bill or leave nothing at all.

Frequently, a “service charge” will be automatically supplied to the bill which serves the purpose of a tip.

For tour guides, a 10% tip is common.

What’s the best month to visit Europe?

All of them, except August.

I kid–somewhat–but honestly, every single month in Europe has its perks!

For a concise answer, the late spring (April-May) and early fall (September-October) are considered ideal by most travelers.

August is specifically difficult because it’s not only very hot in many of Europe’s most popular destinations, but most Europeans take vacations then, so many places (especially in the mountains and on the coast) are at their priciest.

If we absolutely had to visit Europe only during one month for the rest of our lives, we’d pick September, though October is a very close second.

What’s the cheapest month to visit Europe?

It depends–trying to spot the northern lights in Tromso would be one exception to this, for example–but for standard first time Europe itineraries like the ones I outlined in this blog post, January and February are often the cheapest months to visit.

When the Christmas markets are over and the gray weather settles in, you can score great deals on vacations in Europe (and have plenty of room to stretch out at iconic monuments).

How far in advance should I book my trip?

For plane tickets, as soon as you can commit to dates!

Not only will this allow you to have more time to plan and budget with a bit of structure, but it will also spread out your costs a bit more.

During peak seasons, like coastal locations in the summer or popular destinations during the Christmas season in Europe , you’ll want to book your hotels as far in advance as you can commit to them as well.

Can you do Europe for $100/day?

This depends a lot on the traveler, group size, etc, but my initial, instinctive answer is:

If you don’t include plane tickets to and from Europe, yes, absolutely, without a doubt–we’ve done it many, many, many times (as a couple).

The key is to shop for deals, visit during the off-season, not shy away from less common destinations (especially in Eastern Europe and the Balkans), and travel slowly.

The fewer destinations you visit, the cheaper a trip generally is!

If you want to stick to Western Europe, southern Spain , southern Portugal, and southern Italy can all be bargains (as compared to places like Paris and London) as well.

Here’s how we manage our travel budget.

We’ve put together detailed packing lists for various seasons in Europe, so be sure to check out our complete suggestions for spring , summer , fall , and winter before you head off on your 2 weeks in Europe.

We go into far more detail on what to wear in Europe there !

To get you started, though, here are a few essentials that should definitely be at the top of your list .

Travel Insurance — We don’t ever suggest traveling without travel insurance–anything can happen, and it’s better to be safe than sorry during your 2 weeks in Europe.

Check travel insurance policy inclusions and prices for your trip here.

Pacsafe — We can’t recommend our Pacsafe enough!

This travel safe is affordable, sturdy, easy to pack, and will help keep your valuables safe in your hotel room (not that you should need to worry much about theft from your hotel room during your trip to Europe, but it’s better to be safe than sorry!).

Comfortable Day Bag  — We currently use  Pacsafe’s sleek anti-theft backpack  and love it, but if you don’t want to shell out the cash for this trip, that’s totally understandable.

Just aim for something comfortable to wear, not flashy, and medium-sized–we used a  Northface Jester backpack  for years and loved it as well.

Travel Adapters for Europe — If you’re coming from outside of Europe, you’ll definitely need adapters for your electronics.

Be sure to check the requirements for any particular countries you visit–the United Kingdom, for example, is well-known for using different plugs than most of the continent.

Portable USB Charger — Don’t stress about your phone dying while you’re sightseeing!

Add a portable charger to your 2 weeks in Europe packing list.

Hand Sanitizer — We carry this everywhere, and never been sorry to have it floating around in our day bag.

Travel Journal — If you want to keep a travel journal during your 2 week Europe trip but can’t commit to a huge amount of writing each night, I can’t recommend the One Line a Day Journal enough.

I’ve been using it for more than 5 years now (I’m on my second volume!) and I absolutely love it.

In the process of booking your Europe trip and eager to keep planning?

We’d love to help!

You can browse all of our general Europe blog posts here , find articles about specific places through our destinations page , or check out these guides:

• Your 13-Step Guide to Traveling to Europe for the First Time
• The Perfect 2 Week Spain and Portugal Itinerary (+ Essential Tips!)
• How to Travel Europe By Train: The Ultimate Guide (+ Tips!)
• 11 Quick Tips for Finding + Using Toilets in Europe
• Prague, Vienna, Budapest, Beyond: Epic Central Europe Itinerary

About Kate Storm

In May 2016, I left my suburban life in the USA and became a full-time traveler. Since then, I have visited 50+ countries on 5 continents and lived in Portugal, developing a special love of traveling in Europe (especially Italy) along the way. Today, along with my husband Jeremy and dog Ranger, I’m working toward my eventual goal of splitting my life between Europe and the USA.

58 thoughts on “How to Plan an Epic 2 Week Europe Trip (+ Europe Itinerary Ideas!)”

Great post! I’m actually working on my own 2 week itineraries through Europe post, but I might wait to publish until next year, when I’ve visited a few more spots. I totally agree that the key is to slow down and not switch cities every day or two. Three nights is perfect and sometimes more for the big cities. And yes, multi-city flights are so helpful so you don’t have to backtrack!

Thanks, Riana! We definitely love to slow down whenever we can. 🙂

Hi Kate! This is the BEST post related to Europe Itinerary out of the 1000 other posts that I have checked.

I am from India and I am planning for a trip in February end.

I definitely want to visit FINLAND (so that’s definitely in my list). From there, I am planning for Bupadest,Croatia OR Budapest, Prague OR Budapest/ Vienna.

Do you think this will be good for 2 weeks?

Waiting for your reply. And thanks a ton for such a beautiful detailed post.

Thank you so much, Akshay, that’s wonderful to hear!

That sounds like a wonderful itinerary. Croatia is a bit further out of the way than the other places, but it’s peaceful and beautiful during the winter and fairly simple to get to via a budget flight.

Hope you have an incredible trip to Europe!

Oh my goodness Kate, thank you so much for this post! This is exactly what I needed for my boyfriend and I to plan our trip to Europe in 2020. We want to visit Italy, Spain, France, and England but Greece and Croatia look amazing too! It’s so hard to decide.

Thank you, Jessica! So glad you found our blog helpful.

It is SO hard to decide, and honestly, it never gets any easier in my experience! All of those places are absolutely amazing, so no matter what you decide I’m sure you guys will have an incredible trip.

Italy, France, and Spain are really easy to pair together if you want to keep logistics simple, but really any combination of those would work.

What about panning around the seasons? Isn’t the Amalfi coast and Italy in general super hot during August?

It’s always nice to plan around the seasons when you can, but it depends on your availability!

Italy can be hot in August but it depends very much on where you go. It averages around 85 F / 30 C on the Amalfi Coast in August, which I have to admit isn’t enough to bother us, but it depends on where you’re coming from. It is high season there, though–very, very generally speaking, August is an expensive and crowded time to visit beaches in Europe because it’s when many Europeans tend to take their vacations and head to the coast!

Planning a trip in 2023-24 for my daughter’s graduation present. I was thinking maybe 2-3 weeks. On this trip, how much did you spend in total? I might end up being more because I usually pay for more luxurious than most, but will help with a little expectation of costs plus COLA increases obviously over the years. I figured I should start planning and saving now. lol

Hi Steven! We put this together based on years of traveling in Europe, so unfortunately I don’t have a specific figure to offer. So much varies, and can be impacted by where you go, how fast you travel (ie, how many times you change destinations), of course luxury as you mentioned, etc, etc. Generally speaking, for two people, I would say that $100/person/day is a good lower-midrange figure to calculate (excluding airfare), $200/person/day starts edging toward luxury territory, and of course, the sky is the limit.

That’s INCREDIBLY general, though. You’d be better off narrowing down which countries you plan to visit and calculating based on how long you plan to spend in each of them.

A few things to look at to give you an idea: price of hotels, price of day tours, projected cost of moving between destinations, and average cost of a meal. Those figures should give you a backbone to estimate a budget from.

What brand are the boots you are wearing in the photo “Comfortable Day Bag.” My wife loves them. Gift idea for when we go to Europe 🙂

Those are Ugg Kesey Motorcycle boots, and I love them too! Just got them out again for fall last week. 🙂

Hi kate I am planning to visit europe sometime in 2023(may/june) with my wife and son. Could you please guide me with an itinerary for 15 days Or so?? Swiss, italy, France, spain. After that we will go to a friend in England. If possible, the expenses involved as well. Thanks

Hi Abhijit! I’m not a travel agent, so that’s a bit beyond my scope. 🙂 Generally speaking, though, I’d recommend parring your itinerary down to 2 countries, or 3 at the absolute maximum. 4 countries in 15 days is a lot of travel! Luckily, all of those destinations pair well together, so you can mix and match fairly easily. Also very generally speaking, Italy and Spain will be the most affordable, and Switzerland by far the most expensive–but that depends a lot on where you go and what you do!

Hey Kate, All your pictures are amazing! What kind of cameras do you bring with you? And do you edit your photos? If so what do you use for that, they are all really bright, great pictures.

Hi Stefanie! Thank you so much! We’ve used different cameras over the years, but our main camera these days is a Sony A7 rIII. We love it, and yes, all the photos taken with it are edited in Lightroom. 🙂

Hi Kate, THANK YOU for the great article! I have booked my flights for a 2 week trip next spring, into London and out of Paris. I’ve been to both cities before, but do hope to get a few days in paris again. It’s stolen my heart.

What do you recommend in terms of getting from London to Rome, fairly quickly, and cheaply? I arrive into London mid-day and had hoped to just figure it out at the airport (Gatwick). Do you think that’s possible?

Thank you so much, Sarah! Your trip sounds fantastic.

I’d definitely plan on flying between London and Rome–it’ll be fastest and most likely cheapest, too. Check budget carriers like Ryanair, etc.

If you’re planning on flying out to Rome the same day you arrive in Gatwick, I’d absolutely recommend booking before you arrive. Be sure to double-check and make sure you’re flying out of Gatwick, too, or have time to change airports.

Hope you have an amazing time!

Oh wow I’m doing the same trip with my 3 sons. And unfortunately is the month that she said it’s the worst to go ..in August…oh well🤷🏽‍♀️ can’t do anything about it how but I am worried about the expense tho..

Love your information. I’m planning a trip to Italy and then we want to go to Salzburg as well in the summer of 2023. Our first time to Europe. We will be 60 in 2023 and we think we can plan this without going through a company. After reading your information, I feel comfortable. Two questions about hotels and transportation. What would you recommend for safe places for hotels in those two countries? We don’t need luxury but just comfort and clean. Would you recommend using rail between cities in Italy and it looks like you can travel from Venice to Salzburg by rail? Thoughts?

That’s great to hear, glad we could help!

Venice to Salzburg by rail is very doable in a day and a scenic journey. You’ll probably have to make a change, but that’s workable. Personally, we’d opt for it over flying in a heartbeat.

For hotels, I have several recommendations in our specific Venice and Salzburg posts (you can use the search bar to pull up everything we have on both cities). The centers of both places are quite safe, I wouldn’t worry much about that in a well-reviewed hotel.

Hope you guys have an unforgettable trip!

AWESOME Post!!!!

Please let me know if you have posted anything similar in 2020 or 2021. My wife and I are bringing our three teenagers and we will likely choose the Food & History trip. We both would like to speak with you if possible as we are planning our trip for December.

Hi guys! We don’t run tours ourselves, just provide information for independent travelers, but we’re always happy to answer a few questions about possible itineraries!

Hi Kate, THANK YOU for the amazing Pic ,for now i’m in South Africa Cape Town I’m planning a trip to Italy , France & Austria next year 2022 for 2weeks , Would you recommend using rail or Via Road way .

Thank you in advance & best Regards En vous remerciant d’avance et cordialement

Sounds like a fabulous trip!

Rail vs car depends entirely on where you’re going. If you’re sticking to cities, I’d recommend going by train. If you want to enjoy the countryside, a car could be helpful.

You can also mix-and-match, and rent a car for only part of your trip if you’re going to be in the countryside only part of the time.

Thank you for this awesome post, Kate! My husband and I are wanting to take our first international trip to Central Europe early spring 2022 and have reviewed your Central Europe post. What type of difficulties have you faced with international travel during COVID-19? Any issues with a country on your itinerary going into lock-down or no longer allowing tourists from the US?

We haven’t personally run into any issues with lockdowns interrupting our plans but of course, it’s always possible and things are changing constantly.

Most, if not all, countries in Europe are accepting vaccinated and/or tested US visitors now and haven’t shut their borders to US citizens again since the initial reopening. All of the countries included on our Central Europe itinerary are currently among them.

In addition to entry, some countries are requiring proof of vaccination in order to do certain things like eat in restaurants or check into hotels. Portugal, where we are now, is among them. It’s a very simple process as long as you have the paperwork in order!

Generally, if you plan to visit Europe from the US in 2022, we recommend arriving with proof of vaccination, a negative COVID test (check regularly for specifications as your flight gets closer), flexibility, and the expectation that you’ll wear a mask indoors and potentially in crowded outdoor areas.

I am not a public health expert, of course, and European countries all set their own restrictions, but in the early stages of planning, that’s what I’d keep in mind!

The reaction that we’ve seen from readers who visited in the second half of 2022 has generally been that it’s easier than they expected, but as we’ve all learned way too much in the last 2 years, none of us can predict the future!

Thanks so much, Kate! It definitely seems like flexibility is key as well as continuously monitoring each country’s individual rules for a multi-country trip. I think right now Hungary isn’t accepting tourists but fingers crossed that will change soon so we can replicate your trip. 🙂 Cheers to more adventures for you in 2022!

Hi Kate, my family is in the beginning phase of planning our first international trip and have decided on Europe! I really liked your recommendation of arriving and departing from different airports and I think departing from London would make sense (we’ll probably want to spend the most time there). All we’ve decided is to vacation for somewhere between 2-3 weeks, and we want to see London and Ireland (oh and I want to stay at least one night in a castle hotel!). Would you have any recommendations on destinations or experiences to share? Thanks!

How exciting–nothing like your first trip abroad. 🙂

We actually still haven’t been to London, which is a huge shame! Fingers crossed that 2022 is the year.

Ireland, on the other hand, is one of our absolute favorites! If you search “Ireland” on the top right corner of the blog (or on the pop out menu on mobile), all of our blog posts will come up, but this is a great one to start with: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/10-day-ireland-itinerary-ireland-road-trip/

We spent a night in this castle (slash manor house) and had a fantastic time: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/belleek-castle-county-mayo-ireland/

Ireland is one of our favorite places for road trips on the planet. You’ll love it!

Great post, thanks!

Need your advice here 🙂 We will be landing in London, staying there 3 days, then train to Paris (staying in Paris for 3 days). We fly back home from Lisbon and have 3 options: night train to Nice (spend some time there and then a few days in Lisbon), fly to Napoli (spend some time there and then fly to Lisbon) or fly to Lisbon and discover a bit more of Portugal… What would you recommend?

Oh and we are travelling with two teens who have never been to Europe… I’m trying to pack as much stuff, but wonder what would be too much :/

That’s a lot of hard choices! Each and every one of those destinations is a delight (and we’re living in Lisbon right now).

I’d opt for Nice if you’re looking for coastal views, picturesque villages, and something logistically simple. Nice is a delightful city and the day trips to nearby villages like Eze as well as Monaco are phenomenal. It is the most formal and pricey of the 3 cities and will have a resort feel near the coast in the summer.

Naples is a much less manicured city, it’s a love-it-or-hate-it place (we love it). I’d argue that it has the best food of the 3 options, but those are fighting words and many would disagree. The day trips are equally stunning but very different. If you or your family has an interest in ancient ruins, Pompeii and Herculaneum are unmatched. Visiting the Amalfi Coast or nearby islands is also doable, but it’s a trek if you’re staying in the city center. Keep in mind that there’s no train service to the Amalfi Coast proper, you will need a bus, car, or ferry to get beyond Sorrento.

Lisbon is delightful but honestly, our favorite parts of Portugal lie outside the city. Porto, in the north, has a much more regal feel while Lisbon is fairly spread out. The Duoro Valley (also in the north) is magnificent for port tastings and views, Sintra’s palaces located just outside of Lisbon are must-sees, and if you want to head to the south, the Algarve is incredibly striking.

Logistically speaking, I’d make sure you have at least 2-3 days in Portugal at the end of your trip before flying out, regardless. With 3 full days, you can spend 2 in Lisbon and take one day trip (probably to Sintra but the coastal town of Cascais is also easy and lovely).

If you have time to do that and add another stop for 3 full days, I would check detailed flight and train schedules and let that guide you–the logistics alone may make the choice for you.

That got a bit long, but I hope it helps! 🙂

Thanks a lot for the precious information!

Hi Kate! I know you said you are not a travel agent but are open to a few itinerary questions! We have recently done a European Cruise which hit almost all of Italy! We are wanting to go back independently. I am highly interested in Ireland, but would also like to see Paris. My husband is interested in Netherlands, Germany, Switzerland. With a 14 day trip wanted, what areas do you think we should do (based on best places to see, with allotted time?)

& Austria! 🙂

That is a lot of very different places, but you’ll definitely be able to pull together a great trip! I’d recommend narrowing it down to around 3 destinations, 4 if you’re comfortable moving quite fast and two of them are close together.

Ireland is definitely the odd one out geographically, but if you use two one-way tickets instead of flying in and out of the same airport, it can work (it’s what we did on our first multi-country Europe trip many years ago).

Since you’ll likely have 1-2 flights in this itinerary regardless, which destinations you pick can come down to a combination of your absolute favorites and what makes logistical sense. Paris is a very popular place to fly in and out of, so it’ll likely be easy to work in.

I’m not sure which parts of Germany your husband is interested in, but parts of western Germany have simple train access to The Netherlands and/or France.

As far as what places I’d personally visit, Ireland and Paris are two of my favorite places on the planet, so I’m biased! Switzerland’s mountain landscapes are truly beyond belief, so if you’re looking for nature (and aren’t concerned about the budget), it’s a winner.

Germany is also gorgeous, both its nature and many of its cities, though it’s quite big and varied–with a big trip like this, you’ll want to choose one small corner of it (Bavaria is a popular first stop, but you can also look at places along the Rhine, which makes more sense if you’re hoping to visit Paris or The Netherlands by train before or after).

The only part of The Netherlands we’ve had a chance to visit so far is Amsterdam, which is visually stunning but will be extremely crowded–probably more so than anywhere else you’ve listed, as there’s less room to spread out there than in, say, Paris.

When it comes to your itinerary, I’d recommend that each of you pick one place that is your absolute first choice, plan on a trip to those, and then fill in the 3rd and possible 4th destination based on what makes logistical sense as far as what planes/trains/buses are available to the spots on your shortlist.

Also, if you do need to book high-speed train tickets, book them ASAP, as prices increase as your trip gets closer.

What a wonderful blog, just when I feel like I’ve read them all I find another really helpful article. Heading to Europe for 1 month in May. Keen on Spain, definitely Italy, and probably 2 days in London and Paris respectively (arrival and departure). Feel like we have space for one more place and can’t figure out which is the better option (Portugal, Croatia or Greece) for potentially 5 days? Any recommendations?

Thank you for sharing all your wonderful insights.

That’s tough, because all 3 are fantastic but very different!

I’d probably recommend (if I had to choose), Greece for beaches/swimming and small towns, Portugal for cities, and Croatia for a combination of all. But we adore each and every one of them, so hard to go wrong!

Portugal fits nicely into your Spain section geographically, so there is that to consider.

Hi, Kate! Super love your blog. I just booked a trip to Europe for August, was thinking of going to France, Spain, and Italy in 2 weeks. Or should I cut it down to 2 countries? Hope to hear from you!

Less relevant than the countries are the destinations within them–I wouldn’t go more than 4 places in 2 weeks, max.

So if you’re hitting up Paris, Barcelona, and Rome, for example, your plan is fine. If you want to go to 2-3 places within each country, it’s time to cut it down. 🙂

HI! Thanks for the fantastic blog! My husband and I are planning our first trip to Europe from Canada and are feeling quite overwhelmed by all the choices! His family is from Holland, so we are spending one week touring with them for the first week of May, and then will stay an additional 2 weeks after that. What would you recommend? We are not keen on France but everything else looks so great, and it was good to read that you don’t recommend trying to fit everything else in, which is what we might otherwise be trying to do. Any suggestions for the 2 weeks after Holland?

Hi Michele,

That’s so exciting! You guys are going to have an amazing time.

Without knowing your tastes or the season you’re traveling, the sky is truly the limit when planning your itinerary! Anywhere that sounds exciting to you is going to be worth it. With 2 weeks, I’d opt for 1-2 countries and no more than 4 base destinations (3 would be even better).

I started trying to make a list of some of our favorite countries in Europe for you, but just backspaced the sentence because I was ending up just listing every country, LOL. But Italy is one of our special favorites that we would recommend to just about anyone!

We will be in Holland for the first week of May so we could do the other two weeks either before or after that (or split one before and one after). The suggestion to cut down to less rather than more is helpful – it’s our first time to Europe and everything looks like something we should see! We are 50 and really like most things – some scenery, some castles, etc. Do you think it would be do-able to do Germany and Italy on top of Holland? Any specifics on what you love in Italy? I am really NOT a crowd person, so we’re really going to try and avoid huge crowds or I’ll lose my mind 😉

A week in Germany followed by a week in Italy is definitely doable!

Personally I’d opt for either southwest Germany (Black Forest, Heidelberg, Burg Eltz) or Bavaria.

We love virtually all of Italy, but if you want something somewhat more offbeat that’s in the top half of the country (for geography reasons), I’d recommend looking into Emilia-Romagna.

It’s the region east of Tuscany, and has similar appeal with far fewer tourists. It’s also gorgeous and a culinary dream–Emilia-Romagna is the origin of many iconic foods like parmigiano-reggiano and traditional balsamic vinegar.

A few destinations in the region to poke into as you research: Bologna, Parma, Ravenna, Ferrara, Modena. The micronationa of San Marino is also accessible from there!

Kate-what a remarkably comprehensive, detailed and resourceful blog! I love the considerations offered from different perspectives. My family of 4 (including 2 kids ages 10 and 6) will be traveling to Paris for the second half of August for 2 weeks to visit family. We have already been to Paris a few times so this time around, I would like us to explore more of Europe for some of the time, ideally via trains. I am thinking of staying in Air B&B’s as we have been enjoying that accommodation when we travel locally within the US but would love your perspective on this (vs hotels) considering the cultural and language differences in certain destinations as well as any recommendations for either you may have. Based on some research, some destinations I came cross purely based on travel distance via train from Paris are Switzerland (3 hrs), Barcelona (6.5 hours! would probably have to be an overnight train for the kids), London (2 hrs, have family we can see), and Greece (2 hours), Belgium (1.5 hrs, also some family we can see). My goal is to show my kids/family different cultures, ways of living and experience foods, interesting architecture, beautiful cafe’s etc. Also curios if any of these can be “day trips”. I do not have specific destinations yet to see at these locations and would love your input. From your article, it sounds like limiting to 2 destinations maybe best (outside of Paris) and your thoughts may help me narrow down where to focus. Thanks so much and look forward to reading your insights on this.

So glad you found it helpful, Tez! Sounds like you guys have an amazing trip planned.

I’m sure you already know this, but August is the height of peak season for European travelers visiting the coast and mountains, so some destinations will be quite crowded and expensive (book your hotels and train tickets ASAP, especially in a group of four).

I’m assuming Greece is a typo, so I’ll pass over that one–pretty sure it’s much further than 2 hours even by plane. 🙂

Luckily Paris is a huge train hub for getting across Europe, so you have plenty of options! Most of them will take longer than it looks on the map once you navigate connections, train times, etc. We highly recommend using Omio to search exact routes and dates, and keep in mind tickets will increase in price as you get closer. With kids, you’ll probably want to search by the fastest available routes.

London, Belgium, and Switzerland all jump out at me from your list–simple to access and incredible. The Jungfrau region in Switzerland is pure paradise, though a bit further away.

You may also want to look into Amsterdam, it’s only 3.5 hours from Paris by train.

With the right schedule, you can get as far as Venice in a day from Paris (we’ve done this), so Italy is an option for you as well, as is Germany.

Essentially, the more you stick to major cities, the easier it will be to navigate solely by train. Smaller towns and cities are often connected, but you’ll virtually always need to pass back through the main city of a region to make your way back to Paris.

You may want to take a look at this post as well, we talk a lot more about train travel here: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/travel-europe-by-train/

Hi Kate Love your blog, lots of useful information. My husband and I are planning a 10 day trip to Europe end of April to early May. At the moment we are looking at flying from the US RT to Paris. We’re thinking of possibly going to Amsterdam and Belgium as well. this will be our second trip to Paris. We are open to other suggestions. Do you have any other recommendations?

Happy to be able to help, Daisy!

Paris + Amsterdam + Belgium is an excellent itinerary and doable in 10 days. It’s actually a route we recommend ourselves. We have posts on all those places, but here are our suggestions on spending 3 days in Belgium to give you an idea of what you can cover in a short time frame: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/3-days-in-belgium-itinerary/

Paris is extremely well-connected by rail (you can be in Venice in 9 hours or Munich in under 6, for example), so as far as ideas for other destinations go, the sky is the limit!

If you choose to extend your original itinerary, a few additional places that you might consider along that route are Strasbourg/Alsace, Heidelberg, and Cologne.

Thank you for your blog.. We are travelling to Europe for 14 days the end of May. Flying Calgary to Dublin, doing a couple days at the Isle of Man races then hopefully, London, Paris, Rome. Your blog shares what to pack for clothing in Summer, Fall and Winter, what would you recommend for spring? We are trying to decide if we take the trains or flights from London, Paris and Rome. We aren’t planning any beach time. Also, what do you recommend for luggage? I’m leaning towards a rolly carryon but have every size hard shell case and multiple back country camping packs.

So happy you find it helpful!

Funny you mention spring packing ideas–I’m actually working on a post for that right now. It will hopefully be up next week. But off the top of my head, you’ll definitely want a travel umbrella and to pack in layers. The end of May is a beautiful time to be in much of Europe but the weather could be unpredictable–you may want sundresses on some days and light jackets on some evenings!

As far as luggage, either is completely fine. There are advantages to both backpacks and suitcases, but as long as you’re comfortable carrying your bag up and down staircases, carrying (or rolling) it down the street for 10+ minutes, and loading it into and out of trains and/or cars, you’re good.

As far as trains vs planes–London to Paris can definitely be a train, but do a time and cost-benefit analysis between that and a plane (depending on the dates, your travel style, etc, you may choose either). Paris to Rome is better done as a flight!

Thank you very much for sharing your wisdom. We are really excited.

Hi Kate, Thank you so very much. You have provided an AMAZING amount of helpful information. Can you pretty please help me with the best location to travel to 1st, 2nd, 3rd & 4th and the best way to get to the locations? (We will NOT be doing any driving).I’m a 55 years old woman. I live in USA. I’m planning the 1st International trip for me and my husband for either the 1st or 2nd week of September 2023. My biggest challenge is knowing where to start and end the trip, based on logistically traveling to the different destinations, as well as, the best way to get to each destination.Here are the the things I have planned. I know you mentioned you’ve never been to London but i’m hoping you can assist based on me providing the area I want to be in. *LONDON-7 NIGHTS I’m a theatre/adrenaline junkie person so Theatreland West End of London near (North of the River Thames. 3-Plays (evening events) 2-Hour Sherlock Holmes museum (near West End) 1-Hour Ghost Bus tour (nearest tube stations are Embankment and Charing Cross) 4-Hours-day walking tasting tour (near London Bridge Station) 1-day Harry Potter Studio Tour (Leavesden London) 2 -Nights Theme park “Alton Towers” located Alton, Staffordshire near Manchester and Birmingham. (stay onsite at the parks resort)*PARIS-3 NIGHTS Moulin Rouge (BD de Clichy area) L’ATELIER DES LUMINERES -DIGITAL ART MUSEUM I would like to visit just one of the haunted castles in Paris (depending on recommendation) Château de Puymartin Château de Brissac Château Lagorce Château de Chambord Château de Versailles* GERMANY 3 NIGHTS-Phantasialand Theme park (located Bruhl Germany) Stay onsite at the parks resortThank you for any advice or suggestions you can provide.

Hi Melvina,

I definitely can’t speak to getting around London in detail, though a combination of the tube and buses will likely be doable! You can add cabs as needed as well.

In Paris, the metro is so dense you should have no issue getting around. Assuming you are planning to do the usual Paris sights (Eiffel Tower, Louvre, etc), our Paris itinerary might be able to help you out (and has hotel recommendations): https://www.ourescapeclause.com/3-days-in-paris-itinerary/

For the chateaus, Versailles is by far the closest to Paris and you can get there by RER train. Château de Chambord in the Loire Valley is doable via an organized day trip like this: https://www.getyourguide.com/paris-l16/loire-valley-castles-wines-day-trip-from-paris-t70389/?partner_id=1OI4D21&utm_medium=online_publisher&placement=content-middle

The others are way too far from Paris for day trips, so I’d focus on Versailles and/or Chambord this time.

Hope you have a wonderful time! 🙂

Thank you so very much.

Hi, thank you for this comprehensive post! We are planning a trip this summer and will be going to Paris, Rome, Florence and Amsterdam. My question is about changing money. We were in Iceland last year and used Apple Pay or credit card everywhere, never needed cash and didn’t get any. Is that possible in either France, Italy or Netherlands? Should I plan on getting cash for taxis, tips, etc?

Happy to help!

I’d definitely recommend having some cash with you as you travel, especially for small purchases like coffee, gelato, etc. Most hotels in Italy will require the city’s tourist tax in cash, too. Some taxis and tips will be best done in cash as well, and occasionally very small, offbeat tourist attractions.

While cash-only restaurants definitely aren’t the norm in any of those cities, they’re not unheard of, either.

Overall, I’d say you’re most likely to avoid cash entirely in Amsterdam and most likely to use some of it in Rome and Florence, but that’s not a hard and fast rule by any means (I used some cash on my trip to the Netherlands last spring, for example).

We find that the easiest way to get cash, by far, is to withdraw Euros from any bank’s ATM once you’re already in Europe (avoid Euronet–use an ATM branded by an actual bank). Luckily, since all the places you’re visiting use the Euro, you won’t need to worry about changing currency beyond that. 🙂

Hi Kate, thank you for this great, and helpful post! We’re are planning a trip to Europe for the first time in September for next year in 2024. My plan is to visit Spain, Italy and I’m still undecided on the third country to visit. What country would you suggest or advised that we can visit that has beautiful scenery, mountains, lakes, etc. We like the city, but we also want something where we can hike out in nature like Iceland maybe, Switzerland. Any tips on that? Also, is it cheaper to stay in hotels, Airbnb’s? Thank you!

Spain and Italy–two of our favorites! You guys are going to have a great time. 🙂

The hardest part about picking a third country with your criteria will be narrowing it down between many excellent choices–you really can’t go wrong.

Switzerland is absolutely spectacular, if the Alps are what you’re looking for, it’s iconic and hard to beat in every category except the price tag.

Germany and Austria also offer beautiful mountains and lakes and are a more budget-friendly than Switzerland.

The French Alps are also wonderful–towns like Chamonix and Annecy offer plenty of mountains, lakes, etc.

And, for a a wild card, you don’t necessarily need a third country at all: the Dolomites in Italy have everything you’re looking for.

Any of those that appeal to you and fit your budget will be a great addition to your trip. They’re well-connected to Italy and each other by train, the travel times aren’t too far, and they’re all phenomenal places to visit.

One small thing to keep in mind if you’re planning to travel by train a bunch is that Spain isn’t very well connected to the rest of the places you’re considering by rail–you may want to consider flying in and out of there.

Iceland is definitely far out of the way, but assuming you’re traveling to and from North America, look into the Icelandair stopover program if you want to add it on! I will say that while it does offer mountains, lakes, and beautiful scenery, it’s a very different vibe than Switzerland or any of the surrounding Alpine countries, so take a close look at the specific destinations and see if it’s what you’re looking for. It’s a stunning place, just very different than the others. Here’s one of our Iceland posts if you want to get a feel for it: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/10-day-iceland-ring-road-itinerary/

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Our Europe Trip Itinerary: Amsterdam, Prague & Switzerland

It was absolutely crazy to be packing our bags for our second europe trip in the summer of 2015 when we had never been on one until March earlier in the year. It so happened that the   first trip   was so great that when we got down to planning our second vacation of the year, we circled back to Europe.

Keeping into account our budget, number of days and connectivity, below is what our itinerary looked like:

Day 1 – 3: Amsterdam

Our first stop was Amsterdam and it turned out to be a tremendous start to the vacation. The weather was just perfect. Lots of sunshine and just the right amount of chilly in the evenings. The city had a fun summer vibe in August with its lively canals, cafes, coffee shops, boat houses and streets dotted with trams, bicycles and horse carriages. The people are the friendliest and the happiest bunch we’ve come across in all of Europe we’ve been to, so far.

Getting around in Amsterdam was on their trams. Very easy to catch as they pick-up and drop-off right on the road. Rest of the time was mostly on foot. In fact, it was pleasure to walk around here.

In terms of things to do , we visited the  Rijksmuseum  to get a glimpse of art and culture and the  Anne Frank house  (read the diary before going if you can). Strolled around in  Central Station  and  Damstraat  area to take in the hustle-bustle. A leisurely  canal cruise  was a great way to absorb the city sights and walks along the canals were just wonderful.

On the third day we ventured out of the city and visited  Zaanse Schans  and it turned out to be a fairy tale place. There were old windmills which still work, cute little houses, a couple of shops selling cheese, chocolate and souvenirs, a clogs workshop, a restaurant offering the yummiest dutch pancakes, a stunning blue lake, swans, ducks and fat chubby sheep.

Day 4 – 5: Prague

To get to Prague , we took an EasyJet flight from Amsterdam. 1:30 hours later we landed in this historic town.

Although the locals and the tourists wear modern clothes and carry gadgets and selfie sticks, you can’t help imagining how the place would have been in earlier times. Especially, when you are in Old Town Square and ahead from there on the 14 th  century Charles Bridge. Evenings in Prague are magical – the castle lit up in the distance, the many red, green and yellow roofs adorn the space under it, city lights tinkle, the water in the Vltava river ripples, the Charles Bridge stands still with its sculptures looking down upon the passersby and some beautiful melody plays from an artist’s violin. It’s so beautiful and dramatic, it can move one to tears.

Getting around in Prague was on trams or on foot. We had purchased the  24hr public transport card  and it helped when we were too tired to walk.

We stayed in old town itself and so walked up to and back from  Old Town Square  (Astronomical clock, Tyn Church etc.) and  Charles Bridge  all the time. Visited the  Prague Castle  and covered ‘Circuit B’ – Old Royal Palace, St. Vitus Cathedral, St. George’s Basilica and the Golden Lane.

On the second day, took the funicular to  Petrin Hill  and went to the tower top to soak in the pretty city views. The bright red roofs spread across between the castle, the bridge and the river was something I didn’t want to miss. Also walked upto the  John Lennon Wall for some insta-worthy pictures. And a leisurely  boat ride  at dusk on the  Vltava  was therapeutic.

Day 6 – 10: Interlaken and around

For the last leg of our Europe trip, we flew to Zurich on Swiss air. Less than 2 hours later we touched town in Switzerland . After visiting two cities, we had decided a bit of countryside will be good for us and so we skipped Zurich altogether and took the train straight to Interlaken from the airport.

Interlaken was our base and to get around from here we had purchased swiss rail passes in advance.

Interlaken was the perfect location. As the name suggest, it is situated between two lakes (Brienz and Thun) and surrounded by hills all around. We had rented a cozy studio through Airbnb giving us the option of preparing light meals at home as eating out can leave a hole in your pocket.

On one of the days, we decided to go for a hike from  Mannlichen  to  Kleine Scheidegg.  It is a 5.5km walk which should normally take about an hour to complete. It took us a little longer as we took a couple of pit stops to admire the place. The walk is easy and perfect for families with young children and you get enjoy great views throughout the hike.

Interlaken  to  Zermatt  turned out to be an amazing day trip for us. While originally not part of the itinerary, we decided to go for it after some deliberation. More so, as we were put off by the hordes of tourists making a bee-line for Jungfrau.  Instead, we zeroed in on  Matterhorn Glacier Paradise , accessible from Zermatt. While getting to Jungfrau lets you ride to the highest railway station,  getting to Matterhorn means you get to ride to the highest cable car station. And that is an adventure in itself!

The Alps, the peaks, the trek, Swiss rail and the many train rides, the cable ride, the lakes, the villages, our log studio, the pretty lane in Interlaken where we stayed, the brilliant blue lakes, the vistas and the sight of paragliders high up in the mountains … Switzerland did not disappoint!

And this is where a most memorable journey came to a close. We hope our trip gives you something to start planning your own euro adventures. And if you have any questions, leave them in the comments and we’ll try to answer as best as we can.

Here’s a map of our whole trip with the main cities in black markers. The purple markers are the places we visited within the cities. We’ve also marked the places we stayed at and some eateries we liked and remember – note the icons and zoom in to see more clearly.

Wander Bunnies

Our europe trip itinerary: barcelona, paris, venice and rome, things-to-do we most enjoyed in scotland, you may also like, exploring malta in winter: a warm retreat in..., 4 wonderful weekend / day trips from london:..., vegetarian greek food finds in athens, greece, best things-to-do in athens, greece, uk road trip itinerary: london to the picturesque....

Love the photos! I thought Amsterdam was amazing, and your photos make me want to go back straight away!

Thanks Becky! 🙂

You are lucky to have visited Amsterdam during the summer ,lovely city indeed 🙂

Yeah absolutely! 🙂

I was there I was there! 😀

You were? When? 😀

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Notify me of follow-up comments by email.

Notify me of new posts by email.

Amsterdam to Italy Suggested European Itinerary

Here is a suggested travel itinerary that takes you through two of Europe's top countries, Germany and Italy, and offers a stop in one of Europe's best cities, Amsterdam. Our suggested itinerary can be done in two weeks, although more time is always better.

Amsterdam to Italy's Lake Region

The itinerary you see on our map takes you through the heart of Western Europe. You'll experience the liveliness of Amsterdam, the best of western Germany, Switzerland, and Italy's lake region. The itinerary can be followed easily and efficiently by train, although driving is always an option.

When to Go On Our Suggested Itinerary

This is a great trip in spring and fall. I've done it in November, and there's lots of snow in the alps at that time. If you're doing it in early summer, I'd start in Italy and head north as things warm up.

Travel Resources for the Suggested Itinerary

Amsterdam : 3 days, with optional trip to Utrecht or Haarlem.

Cologne: 2 days with optional trip to Dusseldorf, Germany's Fashion capital.

Baden-Baden: Relax, spend a day or two in the baths, or discover Karlsruhe or Freiburg.

Basel, Switzerland: Spend two days on the boundaries between France, Germany and Switzerland. Have a great meal at an historic guild hall. Basel Travel Information

After Basel, you'll have a decision to make. You can take the Bern route and stop a few days at Stresa , on the shores of Lago Maggiore, or you can head over to Lugano in the Italian-speaking Ticino Region of Switzerland and go on to Lake Como .

Getting to the Starting and Ending Points of our Suggested Itinerary

In Amsterdam, you should plan to fly into Schiphol airport . In Italy, the closest international airport is found outside of Milano, Malpensa Airport . Malpensa is very conveniently located for visitors to the lake region.

You can also start in the middle of the itinerary, at Frankfurt airport .

Europe Travel Bookstore

Do you support local bookstores and indy authors? We partner with Bookshop to bring you a liks of our favorite European Guidebooks .

Don't know Bookshop? Here's what they do, from their about page:

We believe that bookstores are essential to a healthy culture. They’re where authors can connect with readers, where we discover new writers, where children get hooked on the thrill of reading that can last a lifetime. They’re also anchors for our downtowns and communities. As more and more people buy their books online, we wanted to create an easy, convenient way for you to get your books and support bookstores at the same time.

More Travel Planning Maps

Netherlands City & Rail Map

Germany City and Rail Map

Italy Cities Map

2 Weeks in Europe: 6 Itineraries

DISCLAIMER: This post might have links to travel services and products that we enjoy. We might make a commission from it at no extra cost to you.

Europe is a continent consisting of 44 countries with diverse languages, climates, and cultures . It has numerous world-famous landmarks preserved from years upon years of history.

Spending 2 weeks in Europe will cover plenty of amazing places. It’s not much, but a good start, especially if it’s your first time here.bulga

Another great thing about Europe is that the places are close to each other, you can reach most of them via train, buses, and driving. Land borders separate the countries. However, many of them practice free movement across borders.

This continent has peninsulas, islands, and varied landforms, as well as seas, lakes, and other bodies of water. There are infinite fascinating places to see, foods to taste, and activities to try out during your 2 weeks in Europe.

TIP : This is a long-form article, I highly recommend you check the Table of Contents below to help you navigate the page easier and faster.

THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE VISITING EUROPE

Before you go book your flight and hotels, take a look at the information below first. It will help you visualise and plan your itinerary better. You can get ideas on when to go, how to travel around, and what to pack.

When is the best time to go to Europe

This depends on what you plan to do. Most people go to Europe during summer, but of course, if you want to ski, come between December and February. I personally love going in spring and summer, during autumn, it’s also very pretty but it rains a lot.

You might want to consider travelling during the off-season because this is when there are fewer travellers and the prices of accommodations and tours aren’t sky-high so you’ll be able to save quite a bit.

Getting around Europe

The best way to get around Europe is to rent a car especially if the country you’re visiting are next to each other or have an open border agreement. It’s cheaper and gives you freedom of your time.

However, if you are crossing countries and they are not next to each other, you are probably better off flying than doing a long drive. Check first if your driver’s license is valid in Europe and check what type of cars each country you are going to have.

For example, Italy, Spain, and France are known for using a stick or manual transmission. While the UK and Ireland drive on the left.

Buses and trains are quite reliable and affordable. But there are also domestic flights which are affordable as long as you don’t pack too much unless you are willing to pay extra.

Language and currency

There are over 24 official languages in Europe. You should be able to get around with English but it’s important to also learn basic words to show respect for each country’s culture and easily communicate with locals.

Luckily though, most countries in Europe use Euro, except in the UK, Nordic countries, and maybe some countries in East Europe. It’s easy to pay with credit cards but carrying cash with you for emergencies is still advisable.

Visa and COVID-19 policy

Each country has different visa rules, however, if your destination is an EU member, they have the same visa policy; 90 days visa-free for visitors with a passport from North America, some Latin America, some Southeast Asia and East Asia, and most Oceania. This also applies to non-EU countries such as Switzerland and Norway.

For visitors with a passport from the EU or a European country, you should have freedom of movement for unlimited time except for some nationalities such as the UK and countries in East Europe.

Europe is open to COVID-1 vaccinated tourists. If you are unvaccinated, best to check if your destination has extra entry requirements. Depending on the airline and destination, you might be required to submit a test before boarding.

Wearing a mask is no longer required in many places in Europe, but it’s smart to carry one just in case you get to countries that still require them. Read about the EU reopening .

What is the average cost for 2 weeks in Europe

As diverse as the European culture is, the cost also varies a lot. The budget for 14 days in Europe depends on a few things such as the countries, type of tours, accommodation, and how you plan to move around.

$800 in Eastern Europe will not work for Scandinavia. $800 is a tight budget, but it might work for more affordable countries such as Eastern Europe or the Baltics (assuming this excludes the flights to the region and back). $1,000 will be fine for southern-east Europe, and $1,500 will be decent for central Europe. While west Europe and the Nordics plan to spend around $3,000.

The accommodation will cost the most expensive, but the food can be budgeted. Then the transportation. You can either use public transport or rent a push bike when moving around the cities. Take the bus or train when travelling to the next country or ride a plane.

Travelling during the peak season will also cost a lot more. Check under each itinerary to see the average cost of a 2-week trip in Europe.

Other basic travel tips

Planning a trip can be exhausting and often overwhelming. To make it a bit easier, I use travel sites and services that have flexible cancellation policies in case I change my mind or my travel dates. Here’s a list of travel tools I use. From flight selections, affordable hotels, wide-range options for car rentals, and even affordable travel insurance.

TOP PLACES IN EUROPE (pinned map)

Click the icon on the top right to enlarge the map. Credit: map data: Google

2 WEEKS IN EUROPE ITINERARIES

I will show your six itinerary options to choose from for your 14 days in Europe. Covering multiple countries and featuring famous attractions that are historical, cultural, and outdoor activities.

Deciding where to spend your 2 weeks in Europe can be hard. Should it be in Spain or Portugal? How about both? Should you visit Rome or Paris ? When unsure, there are a few things you can do to see which places are more suitable for you.

For example, Rome would be ideal if you love historical sites such as ruins. Perhaps you like history, but in the form of art, then Paris is the one. For food lovers, don’t miss visiting France, Spain, Italy, and Greece.

Itinerary #1 South Europe: Spain and France or France and Italy

We have two sub-options in our first itinerary for your 2 weeks in Europe. This includes either Spain and France or France and Italy. Spain is well-known for its lively culture, flamenco, arts, and literature, as well as its wines, beaches, and, of course, football.

If you feel like this itinerary is a little too expensive, you can instead go to Portugal. Take a look at how to spend 2 weeks in Portuga l or even just a few days in Lisbon. Spending 14 days in Southern Europe is a good place to do your first trip to this continent.

France, on the other hand, is well-known for macarons, wine, champagne, great pastries, as well as fashion, museums, and other historical sites. You could also do many water activities in France or if you plan to come during winter, you can head to the Alps for some skiing.

Italy is loved for its opera, its art cities, unique scenery, and good food. They are also among the four fashion capitals, with luxury brands, and of course, who could forget the Vespa?

If you have never been to Italy, make sure you visit Venice, Rome, Florence, and the southwest coast, where you can visit Naples for Amalfi and Sorrento. You can also consider 2 weeks in Greece for this itinerary. Not to mention, the south is a famous region to spend honeymoon in Europe .

Spain for 7 days

Spain is one of the most popular destinations in Europe, not only for foreign visitors but also for other European nations. With its stunning beaches, yummy food, and very welcoming culture, Spain is undeniably a must-visit when you come to Europe for 2 weeks.

Most people go to Madrid, the capital of Barcelona, a coastal city. However, if you want to get away from big crowds, head to Seville, Valencia, or even Zaragoza. For young travellers who love to dance and party, Ibiza is a top spot, while Palma, Tenerife, and Gran Canaria are awesome islands to explore and spend your vacation in.

We have a specific 2 weeks in Spain itinerary , which might help you plan a trip there if you decide to spend your trip in one European country only.

Here are some of the top-rated attractions in Spain :

• Alhambra and Generalife in Granada
• Palacio Real in Madrid – get your ticket in advance
• El Escorial near Madrid
• Aqueduct of Segovia – north of Madrid
• Sagrada Familia and Gaudi Sites in Barcelona – check tour prices
• Great Mosque in Cordoba, near Seville
• Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao
• Beaches of Gran Canaria

France for 7 days

Some of the options to reach France from Spain include flying, taking a train, riding the bus, using rideshare or driving. The most recommended option is to ride a plane, but if you have plenty of time, you should consider renting a car and driving on your own. We have an article with 3 different itineraries on how to spend 2 weeks in France .

France is a country famous for many reasons. The food is great, it is rich in culture, the abundance of historical sites, and thousands of wineries to explore. France is also known for Tour de France and is a great holiday destination any time of the year. You should geat a hop-on hop-off bu s that will take you to the top attractions of Paris.

Paris is an obvious place to visit, but if you don’t like big cities or have been here before, you can consider other places. For history buffs, head to Calais, Dunkirk, and Normandy. For those who love the outdoors, check out Lyon, Marseille, Nice, and Bordeaux (aka the Basque region).

Here are some of the top attractions n France:

• The Louvre in Paris – book a guided tour
• Cathédrale Notre-Dame de Chartres near Paris
• Eiffel Tower in Paris – get your skip-the-line ticket in advance
• Chateau de Versailles in Paris – visit with a garden access
• Mont Saint Michel
• Loire Valley Chateaux
• Côte d’Azur aka French Riviera in the South
• Provence for lavender fields
• Chamonix-Mont-Blanc for skiing in the Alps

Italy for 7 days

To reach Italy from France, you could either take the train or fly but taking the train is preferred by most tourists and locals alike because you’ll be able to reach your destination in less than five hours anyway. There are tons of routes to choose from if you want to see some interesting scenery and plan to drive instead.

2 weeks in Europe have to include Italy. It is loved for its dishes to die for, beautiful castles, amazing hiking trails, and warm culture. Just like in Spain and France, wine in Italy is world-class and their historical sites are well preserved.

Before you book anything, decide where you want to go. Rome and Venice are the top places to visit in Italy. But if you have been there, it’s time to explore Florence, Milan, Bologna, and Genoa in the north. For the south, head to Naples, Sicily, and all the way to Palermo. Check out our 4 itineraries for 2 weeks in Italy .

Some of the top tourist attractions in Italy include :

• Colosseum in Rome – get your ticket in advance to skip the very long queue
• Spanish Steps in Rome
• Trevi Fountain in Rome
• Venice Grand Canal – don’t skip the romantic gondola ride
• Gode Palace and St. Mark’s Basilica in Venice – explore with a tour guide and secure a ticket
• Leaning Tower of Pisa
• Vatican City near Rome; Basilica of St. Peter, Sistine Chapel & Vatican Museums – you can visit this in one go
• The Uffizi Gallery in Florence
• Cathedral of Santa Maria del Fiore in Florence
• Lake Como near Milan
• Cinque Terre
• Amalfi Coast
• Pompeii and Mount Vesuvius in Naples – visit this and the entirety of Naples on a day trip from Rome

Travel cost

These three destinations are one of the most expensive places in Europe. Budget around $2,000 for a 2-week trip around Spain, France, and Italy not including the flights from your location and back. Accommodation will be the most expensive cost while food is quite affordable in these places.

Of course, if you want to travel with luxury, you can easily spend $3,000-$5,000 which will allow you to stay at 4-5 star hotels, dine at fancy restaurants, and take a private car with a driver anywhere.

For those on a tight budget, $1,500 is possible , however, you will likely stay at youth hostels and share a room with other people in dorm/bunk rooms or even look at Couchsurfing. You can also save more money by looking at ready-to-eat meals at grocery stores or cooking in the hostel is possible. Join a free walking tour where you will be expected to give a tip based on the tour guide and the tour itself.

Itinerary #2 Central Europe: Germany and Poland

For this next itinerary, we’ll be covering 2 weeks in Central Europe, which consists of the countries Germany, Poland, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Austria, Czechia, Slovakia, and Hungary. However, in this itinerary, we’ll only be covering Germany and Poland.

Germany is well-known for its cathedrals, castles, palaces, and colourful architecture, as well as its sausages and beers. It has many historical sites relating to World War I and II. Berlin is loved for being vegan-friendly, but meat-eaters shouldn’t have a problem finding their way around restaurants either.

Conversely, Poland is famous for its food, stunning geography, folklore, history, and friendly locals. In Poland, you’ll find Europe’s most ancient forest, Medieval Castle, the infamous Auschwitz-Birkenau Camp, amazing museums, and more.

Apart from that, you can also visit theme parks in Poland, such as Engerylandia Theme Park, Rabkoland, and Aquapark Sopot.

Germany for 8 days

Germany has so many things to offer that it would take 8 days to satiate your curiosity, and even then, you would barely scratch the surface. Don’t overwhelm yourself trying to see everything in 8 days. If you want t visit Germany only, we have these 2 weeks in Germany itineraries .

Most people will go to Berlin or Munich, but there are also other cities such as Hamburg, Frankfurt, Nuremberg and Cologne to name a few. I highly recommend you rent a car to move around easier, but taking a domestic flight or the train is also easy and affordable.

If you’re going to Berlin, the best way to see all the top attractions is by buying a hop-on hop-off bus with live a tour guide .

Here’s a list of the top attractions in Germany:

• Brandenburg Gate in Berlin
• Berlin Wall
• Cruise the River Spree – book a 2.5-hour boat tour
• Museum Island in Berlin
• Sachsenhausen Memorial – visit with a tour guide
• Neuschwanstein Castle near Munich
• Linderhof Palace near Munich – book a combo tour with Neuschwanstein Castle
• Marienplatz in Munich
• Pay respects at Dachau Concentration Camp – join a tour from Munich
• Kölner Dom in Cologne
• The Black Forest, Baden-Württemberg, near Stuttgart
• Miniatur Wunderland at Port of Hamburg
• Bamberg and the Bürgerstadt near Nuremberg

Poland for 8 days

There are tons of modes of transportation from Germany to Poland, including boarding a plane, using rideshare cars, trains, buses, or driving. Flights between these two countries are frequent and affordable.

Poland has a dark history, but the country is more than that. It has stunning lakes, UNESCO sites, and rather interesting cuisine, and it is in the top 20 safest countries in the world – a great place to discover if you are travelling alone.

Poland also has the biggest castle in the world, and many believe that vodka originated in Poland. In winter, you can ski in Poland, which is more affordable than France, Switzerland, and even Italy.

Many foreigners get confused and think Krakow is the capital of Piland, but it’s actually Warsaw. Apart from these two cities, you can also visit Gdansk, Wroclaw, Katowice, and Lublin. Most of the cities are connected via buses and trains hence moving around during your 2 weeks in Europe shouldn’t be a problem.

>>TIP: Check out our 2 weeks in Poland post if you prefer to explore that country on a single trip. There are two itineraries to choose from.

Here are some of the top tourist attractions in Poland:

• Wieliczka Salt Mine near Krakow
• Auschwitz- Birkenau Camps near Krakow – book a guided tour or combine it with the Wieliczka Salt Mine tour
• Oskar Schindler’s Enamel Factory in Krakow
• Wawel Royal Castle in Krakow
• Warsaw Old Marketplace
• Lazienki Park in Warsaw
• Malbork Castle near Gdansk
• Morskie Oko Lake and Hot Bath Pools near Zakopane – check tour prices
• Crooked Forest near Szczecin

Travel cost:

Central Europe in general can be costly, but only if you plan to visit Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. Poland and Czechia are both affordable destinations compared to their neighbouring countries. $2,000 will take you a long way if you choose one expensive place to spend a week and the other one is a more affordable country (e.g Germany and Poland or Switzerland and Czechia).

You can save even more money if you focus on Poland or Czechia only or book a trip to Switzerland just for 2-3 days instead of an entire week.

$5,000 will be a great budget for a luxury trip . This is suitable for couples who are on their honeymoon or retiree travellers. For young visitors and backpackers, you can probably get away with $1,000 to $1,500 for the 2 weeks trip .

Accommodation in Germany, Switzerland, and Austria is costly but affordable in Poland and Czechia. Rely on using public transportation in all countries, such as buses and trains, instead of renting a car or flying.

Itinerary #3 Baltics: Lithuania, Latvia, Estonia

The Baltics are one of the most affordable regions in Europe. Although it has its fair share of tourists, the streets and attractions don’t get too busy, even during the summer season. It’s an awesome place to spend your 2 weeks in Europe vacation without being surrounded by a big crowd.

Lithuania is famous for its natural scenery, including forests, lakes, flatlands, and other landscapes. There are also historical spots here to visit, and you must try their local ciders. I personally loved their local food, especially beetroot. If you’re a foody, check this Vilnius food guide for a list of must-try dishes.

Conversely, Latvia is known for its UNESCO World Heritage Sites and art nouveau architecture. It’s on the coast, hence if visiting during summer, don’t forget to dip your toes.

Last but definitely not least is Estonia, which is famous for its dense woods, thousands of uninhabited islands, and rich history. It experienced a boom in tourism recently since it implemented a digital nomad visa.

Estonia is among Europe’s most linguistic nations, is one of the countries with the cleanest air in the world, and half of the country is made up of forest, which probably explains the great air quality. We also have two itineraries specifically for 2 weeks in the Baltics only or 2 weeks in Eastern Europe itineraries .

Lithuania for 5 days

Lithuania is rich in cultural preservation, so much so that UNESCO considered their folk dance as one of the intangible cultural heritages. They also have one of the oldest languages, even older than Greek, German, and Celtic, and the oldest tree in Europe could be found here as well.

With five days in Lithuania, you can do and see a lot of things. You can cover at least two major cities; the capital city Vilnius, and the cultural art city of Kaunas. If it’s warm enough, head to the coast and visit Klaipeda.

Here is a list of the best places to see in Lithuania:

• Gediminas Castle Tower in Vilnius
• Vilnius Cathedral Square
• Hot Air Balloon Flight – over Vilnius or Trakai Castle
• Energetikos ir technikos muziejus in Vilnius
• Museum of Occupations and Freedom Fights and A.Mickiewicz Memorial Museum in Vilnius
• MO Muziejus in Vilnius
• Gates of Dawn in Vilnius
• Three Crosses Monument in Vilnius – join a full-day tour from Vilnius
• Walk around Uzupis
• Trakai Castle near Vilnius
• Kaunas Castle
• Devils’ Museum in Kaunas
• Hill of Crosses near Šiauliai

Latvia for 4 days

You can go to Latvia from Lithuania by driving, riding a bus, plane, or taking the train. The most recommended option is through riding a bus as it is the cheapest and fastest. Latvia is also a great destination during summer. You can take a swim on its sandy beaches, lakes, and rivers.

You can either spend the entire 4 days in Riga, the capital city or take day trips to see Gauja National Park and Turaida Museum Reserve for example. You can also explore Riga on a segway tour .

Here are some of the top tourist attractions in Latvia :

• House of the Black Heads in Riga – get your ticket in advance
• Riga Cathedral
• Three Brothers, Latvian Museum of Architecture
• St. Peter’s Church
• The Freedom Monument in Riga
• Shop souvenirs at Riga Central Market – join a food-tasting tour
• Gauja National Park outside of Riga
• Rundale Palace and Museum ner Jelgava

Estonia for 4 days

To reach Estonia if you’re coming from Latvia, you could board a plane, ride a bus, take the train, or drive. The most recommended option would be to ride a plane as it’s the fastest, but the cheapest option would be to take the bus.

Estonia is very unique, they have islands but are inhabited – and that makes them interesting to visit. There, you can go fishing, sailing, canoeing, kayaking, and for those who love birds, birdwatching is a popular thing to do in Estonia.

Tallinn, the capital, is obviously the most popular destination. However, with 2 weeks in Europe, around the Baltics, you can also head to Parnu and Tartu – both are located in the south of Estonia. Go to Haeska, Kabili, and Matsalu for birdwatching and wildlife experiences.

Here are some of the sights to see in Estonia :

• Tallinn’s Old Town
• Lennusadam Seaplane Harbor in Tallinn
• Lahemaa National Parl – sign up to a day trip
• Patarei Prison Exhibition/Communism Prison in Tallinn
• Parnu’s Beaches
• Alpakafarm near Parnu
• Estonian National Museum in Tartu
• Tagurpidi Maja (Peapeal OÜ) / Upside Down House in Tartu
• TYPA Letterpress and Paper Art Centre in Tartu
• Kuressaare Castle in Saare
• Join a 3-hour food tour

Travelling around the Baltics is one of my favourite destinations and one I recommend if you’re on a budget. You will still experience the European culture, walk through the alleys and paves with cobbled stone, and eat delicious meals.

It’s honestly possible to travel here for around $1,000 for those on a budget . You will stay in a hostel and consume street food or grocery store meals. The tours also don’t cost that much. Accommodation is around $25 to $35 a night, but transportation is cheap.

$2,000 is the average cost where you get to have a private room and try out a few local restaurants. For a luxury trip, $3,000 will get you very comfortable.

Itinerary #4 East Europe: Hungary and Croatia or Romania and Bulgaria

East Europe is a massive region. You will have to choose 2-3 countries to cover during your visit and perhaps next time, you go to new places. Right now, we’ll only cover 4 destinations for your 12-day in Europe itinerary; Hungary and Croatia or Romania and Bulgaria.

Croatia has so much to offer, but in the last few years, being the filming location of Game of Thrones, this country attracted more tourists. Aside from that, they also have stunning waterfalls and gorgeous Adriatic Islands, among other landscapes.

Hungary on the other hand is famous for its ruin bars, paprikas, and goulash. It also has sought-after outdoor and public thermal bars and great nightlife. Outside the city, Hungary has a lot of nature preserves and can be an affordable ski destination in winter.

Bulgaria is the oldest country in Europe and has tons of hot springs. It’s undeniable how affordable Bulgaria is as a travel destination. It also sits right on the Black Sea, a popular spot during summer.

Nightlife in Bulgaria is another reason tourists come here for its affordability. Speaking of cuisine, the traditional Bulgarian food is something of a must-try.

Romania is famous for its Carpathian Mountains, Salt Mines, and Medieval Fortresses. Just like Bulgaria, it’s also located on the Black Sea. One might want to visit Romania since it’s famous for being the home of Dracula.

Hungary for 7 days

Hungary, like many other European countries, is a landlocked country. But it doesn’t mean you can’t enjoy summer in Hungary. This country has over 1,000 natural springs water, hence, the popularity of its thermal baths.

Budapest is not the only city worth visiting in Hungary, you should also consider Debrecen and Szeged. While Balaton Uplands National Park is the spot to you want to go hiking, join wine tours, and be around nature.

Here are some of the top tourist attractions in this country :

• Hungarian Parliament Building in Budapest
• Budapest’s Széchenyi Thermal Bath – book a full-day spa
• Buda Castle
• Buy souvenirs at Central Market Hall
• Take a boat cruise Danube River in Budapest – check cruise prices
• Matthias Church in Budapest
• Esztergom Basilica
• The Caves of Lillafured near Miskolc
• Lavender field at Tihany

Croatia for 7 days

It is relatively easy to travel to Croatia if you’re coming from Hungary as they are neighbouring countries. You could travel by bus, by train or by driving. Any option is fine, but the cheapest option would be to ride the night bus.

As mentioned before, Croatia is now popular for being the filming location for Game of Thrones, but there are other places to see in this magnificent country. Just like its neighbouring country of Italy, Croatia is also a fantastic beach destination and so much more affordable.

Zagreb is the capital of Croatia and a must-visit, then you can go to the coast. The most popular city is Split and Dubrovnik, but Zadar,  Hvar, and Pula are an equally stunning area for swimming and other water activities.

Want to spend 14 days in Croatia ? Our guide has three itineraries you can check out and see which one suits you best.

Some of the top tourist attractions in this country include :

• Dubrovnik’s Old Town Walls – join a walking tour
• Trsteno Arboretum, Trsteno near Dubrovnik
• Dubrovnik’s Lovrijenac Fort
• Visit Game of Thrones filming locations – book a tour
• Nikola Tesla Technical Museum in Zagreb
• Diocletian’s Palace in Split – enjoy a walking tour with a local guide
• Blue Cave, near Split – book the 5 island boat tour
• Krka Waterfalls, near Split – visit on a boat tour
• Plitvice Lakes National Park near Zadar
• Kornati National Park near Zadar
• Euphrasian Basilica in Porec
• Pula’s Roman Arena
• Swim at Galebove Stijene in Pula
• Explore Brijuni/Brioni National Park near Pula
• Mulini Beach in Rovinj

Romania for 7 days

A massive country in East Europe, Romania has a lot to offer. From national parks, vibrant cities, historical sites, and beach access to the Black Sea. Bucharest is known for great nightlife, but apart from that, it’s also rich in cultural and historical spots.

Other than Bucharest, you have to go to the Transylvanian region, known as the home of Dracula. If it’s warm enough, head to Constanza, while Brasov and Cluj-Napoca are the areas to go to during winter for skiing and other winter activities.

Here are some of the places you could visit once you reached Romania:

• Romanian Athenaeum in Bucharest
• Grigore Antipa National Museum of Natural History in Bucharest
• National Museum of Romanian History in Bucharest
• Dimitrie Gusti National Village Museum in Bucharest
• Vaser Valley Forestry Railway
• Bran Castle aka Dracula’s Castle in Transylvania – book a tour combo with Peles and Brasov trip
• Sighisoara Historic Center
• Covered Stairway in Sighisoara
• The Clock Tower in Sighisoara
• The Black Church in Brasov
• Peles Castle near Brasov – book a 2-day tour from Bucharest to visit Brasov, Sibiu, and Sighisoara
• Bucegi Natural Park near Brasoc
• Transylvanian Alps

Bulgaria for 7 days

Just south of Romania, you can reach Bulgaria by train, bus, or driving. The quickest option would be to drive, which would take you more or less five hours, but the cheapest option is by riding a train.

Another country with the best nightlife, Bulgaria is popular with young tourists. But it doesn’t mean non-partygoers cannot enjoy Bulgaria. This country is a great place to explore the outdoors. There are many hiking trails and to ski here, you don’t have to spend too much.

Head to the capital city, Sofia, but for winter sports, you can go to Bansko, Borovets, and Pamporovo. If you are coming during the warm months, you can still go to the Black Sea by heading toward Varna.

Some of the top spots in Bulgaria are:

• National Palace of Culture in Sofia
• Sofia History Museum
• Rila Monastery – visit with combo tour to Boyana Church
• Seven Rila Lakes – check tour price from Sofia
• Tsarevets Fortress in Veliko Tarnovo
• Belogradchik Rocks
• Prohodna Cave in Karlukovo
• Krushuna Waterfalls
• The Rose Valley near Kazanluk
• The Ancient Theatre of Philippopolis in Plovdiv – join a tour of Plovdiv, Asen’s Fortress, and Bachkovo Monastery
• Pirin National Park near Plovdiv
• Thracian Tomb of Sveshtari near Shumen

East Europe is one of the most affordable regions in Europe. The accommodation alone can range between $20-$30 while food and the use of public transportation are also very affordable.

It’s easy to travel on a budget in eastern Europe, around $800 is feasible for backpackers and young travellers. If you want to be comfortable, $1,000 will be great and get you your own private room and dine at restaurants. $2,000 can easily be a luxury trip in this region for a 2-week adventure.

Itinerary #5 Nordic: Iceland, Norway, and Denmark

The next option would be the Nordic countries, which consist of Norway, Iceland, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark. However, in this itinerary, we will only cover Norway, Iceland, and Denmark.

Norway is also known as the Land of the Midnight Sun. It is famous for its fjords, lakes, and magical skies (Aurora Borealis), as well as Viking culture and folklore.

Iceland is also famous for a lot of natural wonders such as geysers, active volcanoes, and glaciers. You could also see the Northern Lights here. Iceland is relying 100% on renewable energy; hydropower, and geothermal.

Last but definitely not least is Denmark, which is well-known for its coastal towns, architecture, Royalty, and cuisine. Copenhagen is a must-visit. If you find yourself with extra time, you can hop on a train and head to Sweden.

Iceland for 4 days

Iceland is the land of fire and ice, and you might be wondering why. They have glaciers but have volcanically heated pools at the same time, where you could swim all year round. That’s pretty fascinating.

Aside from that, it is also a literary-focused country. In fact, one out of ten Icelanders will publish a book even at least once in their lifetime.

Iceland is not a big country, but spending four days here is plenty. Most tourists love staying in Reykjavik, but you don’t have to. If you want to save money, you can stay outside the city and rent a car instead. You can easily move around in your own car, which means it doesn’t matter if your hotel is not in the city.

We have a complete guide and itinerary for 2 weeks in Iceland .

Top attractions in Iceland:

• Drive the Golden Circle
• Blue Lagoon – get your ticket in advance including Kerid Volcanic Crater
• Gullfoss Falls
• Seljalandsfoss
• Silfra – snorkel between 2 tectonic plates between North American and Europe
• Þingvellir National Park
• Jökulsárlón
• Chase the Northern Lights – join a tour to find the best spot
• Icelandic Phallological Museum
• National Museum of Iceland
• Reykjanesfólkvangur
• Whale Watching near Reykjavik – book a cruise
• Eystri-Fellsfjara / Diamond Beach

Norway for 6 days

You will need to ride a plane to reach Norway if you’re coming from Iceland. The fastest route takes more or less 6 hours. However, the journey would be worth it because there are so many sights and sceneries once you reach Norway.

This includes the world’s longest road tunnel and the world’s most remote island, among others. This is also an amazing place to ski during winter.

Many tourists usually go to Oslo and Bergen, but you can also add Stavanger, Kristiansand, and Tromso to your itinerary of 2 weeks in Europe.

If you want to see Fjords, you have to head west; from Trondheim all the way down to Stavanger. Check our 2 weeks in Norway itinerary list if you only want to see this country.

Here is a list of some of the best places to visit in Norway:

• Bygdoy Peninsula in Oslo 
• Vigeland Sculpture Park in Oslo
• Viking Ship Museum in Oslo
• Naeroyfjorden
• Akershus Fortress in Oslo
• Oslo’s Fjords – check tour prices or a cruise to Nærøyfjorden, Flåm, and Stegastein 
• Hanseviertel Bryggen in Bergen
• Sognefjord near Bergen
• Osterrjod and Mostraumen near Bergen – join a cruise
• Pulpit Rock (Preikestolen), in Stavanger
• Lofoten Islands
• Geirangerfjord
• Arctic Museum in Tromso
• Find the Northern Lights from Tromso – book a guided tour
• Atlantic Ocean Road

Denmark for 4 days

To reach Denmark from Norway, the best would be to take a plane. There is also a car ferry service, but with a limited time, it’s not ideal. Denmark has the oldest Monarchy in Europe.

Denmark is a small country but popular not only in Europe but around the world. For many years, it has been voted the happiest country in the world. It’s also known for being safe for tourists, the home birth of lego, and has the oldest monarchy in Europe and the oldest flag in the world.

Naturally, visitors will go to Copenhagen, but since the country (excluding Greenland and the Faroe Islands) is not that big, 4 days in Denmark is plenty

You can explore the entirety of Copenhagen and even have time to go to Odense, where the famous children’s book author Hans Christian Andersen was born. You can actually get to the city centre from Copenhagen airport in just 13 minutes – a great way to save time.

Here is a list of some of the best attractions in Denmark:

• The Little Mermaid (Den Lille Havfrue) – explore Copenhagen in a day
• Freetown Christiania
• The King’s Garden
• Amalienborg
• Rosenborg Castle
• Tivoli Gardens – get your ticket in advance
• Botanical Garden
• The Round Tower
• Memorial Anchor
• Copenhagen Opera House
• Walk around Strøget
• Ny Carlsberg Glyptotek
• Christiansborg Palace
• Danish Architecture Centre
• Ofelia Plads
• Legoland in Billund
• Hans Christian Andersen’s Childhood Home
• H. C. Andersens House

Nordic and Scandinavia is undeniably the most expensive place to travel around Europe. Accommodation alone could run $100, and dining and consuming alcohol are costly as well. But taking the bus and train is a little bearable.

To ensure that you will enjoy your 2 weeks in Europe around this region, plan to spend about $2,000 . If you are on a budget, you can probably do it for $1,700 but no less. But for l uxury, your trip cost will really skyrocket up to $5,000 .

Itinerary #6 West Europe: The UK, Netherlands, and Belgium

The last itinerary option for your 2 weeks in Europe includes the countries the UK, Netherlands, and Belgium, also known as the west of Europe.

The UK is popular for many things, including its monarchy, culture, history, and performers. Being the home of four different countries; England, Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland, you can easily say that it’s worth a visit. From bustling cities, amazing hiking trails, pubs to check out, and castles to explore.

There are tons of iconic places in the Netherlands despite it being a small country. The Netherlands is famous for many things . Here, you’ll be able to see windmills, cheese markets, bulb fields, and earthenware, among others. The Netherlands also have plenty of historical spots to discover including Anne Frank’s House.

The last country on our list is Belgium. They have high-quality chocolates, hence the name Belgian chocolate. This country is also well-known for waffles and beer and is the home to NATO headquarters.

The UK for 6 days

There are many things to see in the UK, and six days is definitely not going to be enough. But don’t panic. If this is your first time here, list the attractions you really want to see first. The world-famous Big Ben, London Eye, and River Thames can all be found here, and that’s just in London.

If you have been here before, perhaps, you can now explore less popular areas. Perhaps, you can focus on hiking instead of being in the city or just spend 14 days in England only, especially if it’s your first time.

It’s undeniable that the UK has the most famous monarchy in the world. London alone has a lot of attractions related to the British Monarchy and historical places. In order to make the most out of your trip, the recommended duration of stay is at least five days.

ALSO READ: 2 weeks in the UK , 2 weeks in England , and 2 weeks in Ireland and Northern Ireland itineraries.

List of some best places to see in the UK :

• Tower Bridge
• Stonehenge – book a combo tour with Windsor Castle and Bath
• Buckingham Palace
• The British Museum
• Tower of London and Crown Jewels Exhibition – buy your ticket in advance
• Kensington Palace
• Madame Tussauds – get your skip-the-line ticket
• Shakespeare’s Globe
• St. Paul’s Cathedral
• Book a Harry Potter tour – Warner Bros. Studio
• Scotney Castle
• Bodiam Castle
• Warwick Castle
• Lake District National Park
• Dean Village
• Edinburgh Castle – book a skip-the-line tour
• Palace of Holyroodhouse
• Loch Ness, Glencoe, and the Scottish Highlands – check the tour price from Edinburgh
• Loch Lomond & The Trossachs National Park
• Titanic Belfast – join a guided tour
• Crumlin Road Gaol
• Giants Causeway – visit with a stop at Dark Hedges, Dunluce, and Belfast
• Free Derry Corner
• The Derry Walls

The Netherlands for 4 days

You could either ride the train or drive if you want to reach the Netherlands from the UK. Once you reach the Netherlands, you could experience the biggest ice skating tour in the world, or join a cycling tour. You can also know more about world-famous painters like Van Gogh and Rembrandt.

Four days sounds too little but you can actually do a lot while in the Netherlands. You can of course explore Amsterdam, and head to The Hague, Rotterdam, and Groningen.

Some things to see and do in The Netherlands:

• Jordaan and Amsterdam’s Canals – book the famous canal cruise
• Anne Frank House
• Rijksmuseum
• Mauritshuis
• Van Gogh Museum – enjoy with an audio guide
• The Windmills of Kinderdijk
• Hoge Veluwe National Park
• Valkenburg Castle Ruins

Belgium for 4 days

To reach Belgium, you could ride the train, ride a bus, use rideshare, or drive. The cheapest option would be to use rideshare and the most recommended option would be to ride the train. It would take you almost 3 hours to reach your destination.

The popular cities in Belgium are Brussels which is the capital, Ghent, Antwerp, and Bruges. You can take buses, trains, or rent a car to travel between cities. Don’t forget to go try different beers and waffles which are two of my favourite part of my visit.

Popular attractions in Belgium:

• Grand Palace
• Atomium – get your entry ticket in advance
• Sign up for the famous Hungry Mary’s beer and chocolate tour or join chocolate making class
• Manneken Pis
• Day trip to Bruges and Ghent – enjoy with a tour guide
• The Canals of Bruges
• Battlefield in Flanders
• Belfry of Bruges
• Basilica of the Holy Blood
• Bruges Beer Experience
• Sint-Salvatorskathedraal
• Gravensteen
• Museum Aan de Stroom
• The Rubens House

What I enjoy about travelling in western Europe is how it’s honestly a pricey place but it can be done on a budget. If you think you can stay on your feet for long hours and walking around is not a problem, you can easily cut costs by taking the bus or taxi. The accommodation will surely get you, but dining can be affordable.

The street food in all these countries is fun, globally diverse, and easy to find. For budget travellers, $1,700 is required for your 2-week trip and most likely requires you to stay in a youth hostel. $ 2,500 offers comfort and a bit of luxury where you can dine at nice restaurants. $4,000 means you can stay in hotels right downtown and near the top attractions, With this budget, you can even hire taxis during your entire trip.

SUMMARY OF 2 WEEKS IN EUROPE

There are so many countries to choose from if you plan to visit Europe. Fortunately, Europe has amazing transportation between cities and countries, making it easy to travel around even with limited time.

When planning your 14-day itinerary for Europe, don’t try to cram it too much. It’s better to travel a bit slower, see fewer places, but be able to enjoy and process everything you have seen and experienced. Europe is not going anywhere, you can always visit again and check out a new place.

I hope that you found these 2 weeks in Europe itineraries helpful in planning your own.

TO SAVE THIS ITINERARY, PIN THIS IMAGE BELOW:

How To Spend 10 Perfect Days In Western Europe (A First Timer's Itinerary)

Have a memorable first visit to Western Europe by visiting four countries in just ten days with this epic itinerary that starts in Paris.

• Start the adventure in Paris, France with dinner in the picturesque Montmartre neighborhood and a picnic under the Eiffel Tower.
• Explore Brussels, Belgium by visiting the Grand Palace, indulging in Moules Frites for lunch, and taking a food tour and chocolate-making class.
• Continue the journey in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, by wandering along the canals, visiting the historic windmills in Zaanse Schans, and trying Dutch delicacies like cheese and stroopwafels.

Deciding where to go in Western Europe for a first-time visit can be intimidating because there are so many fantastic cities in a concentrated area. Some travelers may focus on Southern Europe and meander through Italian cities like historic Rome or charming Venice. In contrast, others might want to see Lisbon in Portugal and then relax on the beaches of Barcelona. Some people prefer to explore places in Europe that are off the beaten track .

With ten days, it’s impossible to see it all. But travelers who want to make epic memories on a European inter-railing adventure will love this itinerary that takes them to France, Belgium, the Netherlands, and Germany. Visit four countries in Western Europe in just 10 days in a first-timer friendly itinerary.

Travelers who have a full two weeks to explore Western Europe may want to extend this itinerary to include four days in London at the beginning (take the high-speed train from London to Paris and then continue with the route outlined below). Or, they can extend the itinerary to visit Copenhagen, Denmark, and Malmö, Sweden from Hamburg at the end.

10 Day One: Arrive In Paris

Travelers from the United States and Canada are likely to find that Paris is one of the cheapest cities to fly into when visiting Western Europe, so it’s a great place to start the adventure! Check into the hotel or Airbnb and then head to the picturesque Montmartre neighborhood for sunset and dinner.

• Country: France
• Highlight of the Day: Dinner in Montmartre

9 Day Two: Eiffel Tower And Seine River Cruise

On the first full day in Paris, travelers should start the day with a cup of coffee and pastries at a street-side café. Then, go to a local grocery store to purchase picnic foods for lunch. Have an unforgettable lunch under the Eiffel Tower. This is a romantic option for couples!

• Highlight of the Day: Picnic at the Eiffel Tower

In the evening, board a cruise with dinner on the Seine River.

8 Day Three: The Louvre And City Walking Tour

On the next full day in Paris, it’s a must to visit Paris’ art museum, The Louvre . This is where the famous portrait of the Mona Lisa is located . Travelers visiting in the off-season (not during the summer months) are more likely to have a peaceful, less crowded experience in the Louvre.

• Highlight of the Day: Seeing the Mona Lisa

After visiting the Louvre, join a free city walking tour.

7 Day Four: Travel To Brussels

It’s time to leave Paris on day four and head to neighboring Belgium. The train ride to Brussels is just 1.5 hours from Paris. Upon arrival, travelers should explore the Grand Palace , take some photos of the city’s incredible architecture, and then locate Moules Frites for dinner (maybe with a pint of beer!)

• Country: Belgium
• Highlight of the Day: Eating Moules Frites for Lunch

Related: 9 Great Reasons Belgium Should Be On Your Next Itinerary

6 Day Five: Food Tour And Chocolate-Making Class

With one full day to explore Brussels, make the most of the time by booking a food tour in advance. Spend the morning and midday on a tour of the city, trying Belgian cuisine like waffles and rabbit stew.

In the afternoon, book a chocolate-making class for a chance to learn about and try traditional Belgian chocolates .

• Highlight of the Day: Trying Belgian Waffles and Chocolates

5 Day Six: Travel To Amsterdam (Exploring Jordaan)

On day six, travelers depart Brussels and take the train two hours north to the capital of the Netherlands, Amsterdam . This vibrant city is picturesque, especially in the trendy neighborhood of Jordaan. This is a great area to stay for convenient exploration of the city, and there are many options for cheap accommodation .

• Country: The Netherlands
• Highlight of the Day: Wandering next to the canals

Related: Beyond Amsterdam: These Dutch Cities Are Worth Visiting

4 Day Seven: Day Trip To Zaanse Schans And Shopping In Negen Straatjes

Take a day trip to Zaanse Schans from Amsterdam to see the historic windmills that are so iconically Dutch. The green wooden houses and windmills are located in the town of Zaandam, just 20 minutes outside of Amsterdam.

Upon returning to the city, visit the Negen Straatjes (nine streets) neighborhood to explore the boutiques and do some shopping.

• Highlight of the Day: Seeing Dutch Windmills

3 Day Eight: Dutch Food Tour And Cheese Tasting In Gouda

Gouda is a beautiful Dutch city approximately 1 hour from Amsterdam by train. Located in the province of South Holland, it’s popular because of the cheese market there. It’s the perfect day trip from Amsterdam and a great place to do a cheese tasting.

Upon returning to Amsterdam, do a food tour to try some Dutch delicacies like bitterballen, kroketten, dropjes, poffertjes, and stroopwafels.

• Highlight of the Day: Trying Dutch Delicacies

Related: Hamburg, Germany: Your Essential Weekend Itinerary

2 Day Nine: Travel To Hamburg (Concert At The Elbphilharmonie)

On day nine, it’s time to journey into the final country of the trip. Arrive in Hamburg after a 5.5 to 6-hour train ride from Amsterdam. Check-in at the hotel or Hostel in Hamburg before grabbing dinner.

Then, go to the Elbphilharmonie concert hall in the evening for an unforgettable musical performance.

• Country: Germany
• Highlight of the Day: Beautiful evening concert performance

1 Day Ten: German Food Tour And City Walking Tour

On the final full day of the trip, take a walking tour of scenic Hamburg to appreciate the top sights and learn about its history. It’s also a great opportunity to take an afternoon food tour to learn about German cuisine.

• Highlight of the Day: Trying German cuisine

This 10-day Western Europe itinerary is only the beginning of a thrilling European adventure, but it's enough to see the main sights and get a feel for European travel.

3 Week Europe Itinerary: 10 Perfect Ideas

Are you looking for the best 3 Week Europe Itinerary? You’ve come to the right place.

Whether you are looking for classic Europe routes, driving itineraries, options for travel by train, or off-the-beaten path discoveries, we have you covered. 

These amazing European Itineraries cover everything from fairytale towns to UNESCO World Heritage Sites and everything in between.

Ready to find your dream 3 week Europe itinerary? Let’s go!

Unforgettable Europe in 3 Weeks – 10 Itineraries

1. where is the best place to visit in europe for the first time – england, france, the netherlands, and belgium.

If this is your first visit to the European continent, this is the ideal introduction.

Embarking on your maiden voyage to Europe? What better way to initiate your experience than through these four captivating countries? Each one offers a rich history, cultural variety, and culinary wonders.

This itinerary promises diverse and rich encounters during this 3-week adventure. These are some of the most popular destinations in Western Europe, so be sure to plan your trip early.

Hitting the Highlights – London, Paris, Amsterdam, and Brussels

• Day 1-5: London, England
• Day 6-10: Paris, France
• Day 11-15: Amsterdam, The Netherlands 
• Day 16-21: Brussels, Belgium 

DAY 1-5: London, England

Kick off your 3-week European adventure in England’s capital, London . A city steeped in history, here you will find some of the world’s most iconic landmarks, elegant squares, and vibrant neighborhoods.

Explore the Tower of London , Tower Bridge, Westminster Abbey, and Big Ben in your first couple of days.

For a bird’s eye view of the city head to the London Eye, Sky Garden, or the Shard. Be sure to catch the changing of the guard at Buckingham Palace and spend time relaxing in Hyde Park.

For a true taste of British culture, we recommend a traditional afternoon tea experience at one of the city’s luxury hotels or the Brigit’s Bakery Bus tour offering tea and scones on wheels.

DAY 6-10: Paris, France

On Day 6, take a train ride or catch a quick flight from London to Paris. There are plenty of direct flights on budget airlines like easyJet or Ryanair. Spend the next few days immersed in the romantic capital of France.

No visit to Paris would be complete without  ascending the Eiffel Tower  or exploring the world-renowned Louvre museum. Stroll through the cobblestone streets of Montmartre and treat yourself to a delicious croissant from a local boulangerie.

At night, take a cruise along the Seine where you can admire the beautifully lit buildings and their reflections upon the water.

DAY 11-15: Amsterdam, The Netherlands

On Day 11, catch a train from Paris to Amsterdam . Wander aimlessly through the city’s streets, crossing over canals and exploring the neighborhoods.

There are so many fun and unique things to do in Amsterdam . Don’t miss a visit to the Van Gogh Museum , the Anne Frank House, and the Rijksmuseum.

Spend some time in Vondelpark and try traditional Dutch pancakes.

Some of our favorite day trips from Amsterdam include:

• Rotterdam to see the Cube Houses and explore the charming area of Delfshaven
• Volendam where you can learn how to make clogs and sample some cheese
• The Hague is home to Dutch Parliament and Mauritshuis where you can see the painting “Girl with a Pearl Earring”

DAY 16-21: Brussels, Belgium

On Day 16, travel from Amsterdam to Brussels, the final stop of this 3 week Europe itinerary. Experience Belgium’s vibrant history and architecture at the Grand Place, and don’t miss a chance to taste some famous Belgian chocolates and waffles.

Plan a day trip to Bruges and Ghent to experience some of Belgium’s most beautiful towns. Take a canal ride in Bruges and go back in time at Gravensteen Castle in Ghent.

What is the Best Time for this Itinerary?

The mild months of May, June, and September are perfect. The weather is usually comfortable and tourist crowds are manageable.

2. Timeless Journey through Classic Europe: France, Italy, Greece

If you are looking for a classic Central Europe vacation, why not take on this itinerary that hits the major highlights?

This tour offers an unmatched experience, covering three monumental countries. Each destination is uniquely steeped in ancient history, brimming with vibrant culture and culinary delights, promising a multifaceted tour through Europe.

Visiting the Classical Capitals of Europe

• Day 1-7: Paris, France
• Day 8-14: Rome, Italy
• Day 15-21: Athens, Greece

DAY 1-7: Paris, France

Begin your 3-week European holiday in France’s capital, Paris. The city captures hearts with its iconic landmarks, artistic heritage, and culinary sensations.

Paris offers plenty of unique tours that appeal to families. Step back in time and visit the Palace of Versailles (don’t forget to spend a little time in Versailles – the town!). Take a bike tour at Versailles , learn how to make macarons with a local chef , or dig into the city’s history on a Context Travel tour .

Ascend the Eiffel Tower, a timeless symbol of Paris, for a panoramic view of the city. Don’t miss the opportunity to stroll down the historic Champs-Élysées and visit the famous Notre Dame Cathedral (note – you can’t access the inside until December 2024, but it is still worth a visit).

With extra days you can taste your way through the  Champagne Region of France , or take day trips from Paris . Head to Normandy to learn about World War II history or visit the chateaux and wine estates of the Loire Valley.

DAY 8-14: Rome, Italy

On Day 8, embark on a flight from Paris to Rome. Dedicate the following week to discovering Italy’s capital, also known as the Eternal City.

Visit the historic sites in Rome . Explore the Colosseum, wander through the Roman Forum, and marvel at the splendor of St. Peter’s Basilica and the Sistine Chapel in Vatican City. Unleash your inner foodie with a traditional pasta or gelato-making class.

Don’t forget to explore the cobblestone streets of Trastevere, known for its vibrant nightlife and traditional Italian cuisine.

Explore the ancient ruins at Ostia Antica, visit two World Heritage sites in one day at Tivoli, and throw a coin in the Trevi Fountain.

If you have extra days, you can spend a day at the beach in Ostia, take in the art and architecture of Florence , or discover the lost city of Pompeii .

DAY 15-21: Athens, Greece

On Day 15, you’ll fly from Rome to Athens , the culmination of this classic European route. Athens is known as the cradle of Western civilization and democracy.

History unfolds as you step into the Acropolis, a UNESCO World Heritage site that is home the Parthenon, Erechtheion, and the Temple of Athena Nike.

The archaeological richness continues at the Ancient Agora, the nucleus of political and public life in ancient Athens.

The National Archaeological Museum is a must-visit, with artifacts spanning 5,000 years of Greek history.

Complete your Athens experience with a walk around the old neighborhood of Plaka, nestled at the foot of the Acropolis. Make plans to enjoy the sunset and breathtaking city views from Mount Lycabettus. 

Discover the temple of Apollo at Delphi and enjoy the island life away from the hustle and bustle of Athens in Aegina.

If you want to explore other islands, we recommend Crete, Santorini, Naxos, and Paros. Grab this Greece itinerary if you want everything planned for you!

When is the Best Time to Visit?

Enjoy this timeless journey during the Spring (April to June) and Autumn (September to October). During these months, the weather is typically pleasant and tourist crowds are fewer, ensuring a more relaxing trip.

3. Nordic Adventure: Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark

If you want to soak up Scandinavian and Baltic cultures, head to these Nordic countries. Here you will be met with unbelievable natural beauty and unique adventures.

This trip to Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark allows you to dive into their different cultures and create a 3-week experience you won’t soon forget.

The Best of the Nordic Countries

• Day 1-6: Oslo, Norway
• Day 7-11: Copenhagen, Denmark
• Day 12-16: Stockholm, Sweden
• Day 17-21: Helsinki, Finland

DAY 1-6: Oslo, Norway

Begin your Nordic journey in Norway’s capital, Oslo . The city seamlessly blends urban life with outdoor fun. Oslo boasts a range of must-see landmarks.

Visit the expansive Vigeland Park, delve into the Viking history at the Viking Ship Museum, and enjoy panoramic city views from the Holmenkollen Ski Jump.

Make time to travel the Norway in a Nutshell route to see the country’s breathtaking scenery.

DAY 7-11: Copenhagen, Denmark

On day seven make your way from Oslo to Copenhagen by train (7.5 hours) or plane (1 hour 10 minutes). The vibrant Nyhavn harbor, the enchanting Tivoli Gardens, and the iconic Little Mermaid statue await you in Copenhagen.

Our favorite day trips include Frederiksborg Castle, a quick 40-minute train ride to Hillerød, where you can explore the town, castle, and its gardens. For those who want to learn about Viking history, head to Roskilde where you can visit the Viking Museum and even head out on a Viking ship.

We highly recommend using a Copenhagen card for discounts on attractions and transportation. Wrap up your journey with Danish smørrebrød, cinnamon snails ( kanelsnegl ), and a local beer.

DAY 12-16: Stockholm, Sweden

On Day 12, make your way from Stockholm to Helsinki. It’s an easy flight with Norwegian, SAS, or Finnair. If you prefer the long route, there are ferries available.

The next five days are filled with Swedish splendor, from the streets of Gamla Stan to the impressive Vasa Museum , and the tranquil setting of Djurgården Island.

We also recommend the Skansen living history museum, learning about Swedish royalty at The Royal Palace, and visiting the city’s ICEBAR.

DAY 17-21: Helsinki, Finland

This last leg of your journey lets you explore Finland’s capital city of Helsinki with its avant-garde architecture, the historic Suomenlinna sea fortress, and the bustling Market Square.

Don’t forget to unwind in a traditional Finnish sauna and plunge into the ocean. If you would like to squeeze in one more country board a ferry for a day trip to Tallinn , Estonia.

When is the Best Time to Visit Scandinavia?

The perfect window for this Nordic Adventure is during the summer months, from June to August. The weather is at its best, offering endless daylight due to the Midnight Sun, providing ample time to explore the stunning landscapes of the North.

4. Fairy Tale Road Trip: Germany, Austria, Czech Republic, and Hungary

Want to explore the far-away lands depicted in fairytales? Prepare for an enchanting 3-week journey through Germany, Austria, the Czech Republic, and Hungary. 

Each country has its own vibrant history, breathtaking landscapes, and fascinating architecture. A trip to these countries takes you straight to the land of fairytales.

A Classic Trip through the land of stories

• Day 1-6: Munich, Germany 
• Day 7-11: Prague, Czech Republic
• Day 12-16: Vienna, Austria
• Day 17-21: Budapest, Hungary

DAY 1-6: Munich, Germany

Start your fairytale journey in Munich , Germany. A city renowned for its historic charm, Munich offers stunning palaces, an automobile museum, and world-famous beer halls.

Explore the scientific artifacts at the Deutsches Museum, enjoy a traditional beer at the famous Hofbräuhaus, learn about automobile history at the BMW Museum, and soak up the cultural atmosphere in Marienplatz.

Take a day trip to Neuschwanstein Castle , known for its striking beauty that inspired Disney’s Sleeping Beauty castle.

Don’t forget to sample the hearty local cuisine, including pretzels, weisswurst, and strudel.

Of course, if you are in town at the end of September join in the largest beer festival in the world, Oktoberfest!

DAY 7-11: Prague, Czech Republic

On Day 7, travel from Munich to Prague, the capital of the Czech Republic and one of the cheaper cities in Europe for those on a budget. Known for its rich history, stunning architecture, and vibrant nightlife, Prague is a city that never ceases to amaze. 

Explore Prague Castle, stroll across the Charles Bridge, and enjoy a traditional Czech meal accompanied by a pint of their world-renowned beer.

Take a day trip to Cesky Krumlov to see one of the most beautiful places in the Czech Republic and explore the most quaint town you will ever visit.

DAY 12-16: Vienna, Austria

On Day 12, continue your journey to Vienna , Austria. The Austrian capital, synonymous with imperial palaces, musical heritage, and stunning architecture, promises a wealth of experiences.

Visit the opulent Schönbrunn Palace , stroll through the historic city center (a UNESCO World Heritage site), and enjoy a classical music concert at the Vienna State Opera. These are both some of the most beautiful places in Austria .

We recommend a guided walking tour, bicycle tour, or Segway tour that explores the famous sites in Vienna.

DAY 17-21: Budapest, Hungary

On Day 17, set off to Budapest , the final stop on this fairytale journey. The Danube River divides the city into Buda and Pest, and each one offers unique attractions and experiences. Don’t miss the imposing Buda Castle or the famous  Széchenyi Thermal Bath .

As night falls, witness the city’s iconic structures light up, such as the Chain Bridge and Hungarian Parliament building. We recommend taking a river cruise at night to see everything in its splendor.

We recommend taking a food tour to try lángos, strudel, and Hungarian wine.

Best Time to Visit the Magical Cities

To fully enjoy the outdoor adventures and stunning landscapes of this route, the best time to visit is during the spring (April to June) or autumn (September to October) when the weather is mild and the crowds are smaller.

5. Discovering Hidden Gems: Slovenia, Croatia, Montenegro, and Bosnia and Herzegovina

Delve into the European countries that were once one country – Yugoslavia. Head away from the well-traveled tourist routes on this 3-week Europe itinerary. You’re about to discover the underrated countries of Slovenia, Croatia, Montenegro, and Bosnia and Herzegovina. 

Each country has its unique allure. You will find vibrant cityscapes, idyllic landscapes, and an array of historical and cultural treasures. It’s a destination you’ll want to return to time and time again.

The Gems of Former Yugoslavia

• Day 1-6: Ljubljana and Bled, Slovenia
• Day 7-11: Zagreb and Plitvice Lakes, Croatia
• Day 12-16: Sarajevo and Mostar, Bosnia and Herzegovina
• Day 17-21: Kotor and Durmitor National Park, Montenegro

DAY 1-6: Ljubljana and Bled, Slovenia

Begin your unique journey in the picturesque city of Ljubljana, one of the most beautiful places in Slovenia . Get lost in Old Town, peppered with vibrant cafés and marked by the distinct Ljubljana Castle dominating the city skyline.

Take a leisurely cruise on the Ljubljanica River, flanked by lush green banks and elegant bridges, like the famed Triple Bridge and Dragon Bridge.

A day trip to Lake Bled is a magical experience. Nestled in the Julian Alps, this emerald-green lake, with a small island home to a 17th-century church and an imposing medieval castle perched on a hill, is nothing short of a fairy-tale scene.

Don’t miss the chance to ring the church bell on the island and make a wish!

DAY 7-11: Zagreb and Plitvice Lakes, Croatia

On Day seven, make your way to Croatia’s lively capital, Zagreb. Explore the historic Gornji Grad, home to the brightly tiled St Mark’s Church, and visit the quirky Museum of Broken Relationships.

Delight in local dishes like “strukli” in the bustling Dolac Market.

A trip to Plitvice Lakes National Park is an absolute must for nature enthusiasts.

The park is a magical world of 16 interconnected lakes, cascading waterfalls, and lush woodland home to diverse wildlife, including bears and wolves.

DAY 12-16: Sarajevo and Mostar, Bosnia and Herzegovina

On day twelve, head to the captivating city of Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina’s capital. Explore the historical Bascarsija old bazaar, visit the Gazi Husrev-bey Mosque, and learn about the city’s recent history at the Sarajevo Tunnel Museum.

Savor local delights like cevapi, a grilled dish of minced meat, and burek, a meat-filled flaky pastry.

Make sure to spend a day in the historic city of Mostar, known for its iconic Stari Most (Old Bridge), quaint cobbled streets, and lively marketplaces.

DAY 17-21: Kotor and Durmitor National Park, Montenegro

End your European vacation in the town of Montenegro, Kotor. Walk the cobblestone streets of the Old Town, lined with medieval stone buildings, and visit the remarkable Kotor Cathedral.

The strenuous but rewarding hike up to the ancient San Giovanni Fortress rewards you with panoramic views over the Bay of Kotor.

Extend your Montenegro experience with a visit to Durmitor National Park. Explore its dramatic landscape featuring towering peaks, deep canyons, dense pine forests, and the enchanting Black Lake.

Best Time to Visit These Hidden Gems

 Experience these destinations in all their glory during the mild seasons of spring (April to June) or early autumn (September to October). During these times the weather is pleasantly warm and the crowds are smaller.

6. Time for Sunshine: Greece, Spain, Portugal, and France

Want to soak up the sunshine on your European journey? This route is the ultimate combo for beach lovers.

The Europe trip itinerary moves you through Greece, Spain, Portugal, and France – countries celebrated for their stunning coastlines and unique food and drink.

Your 3-week Europe trip is set to offer an eclectic blend of sunbathing, swimming, and adventure.

Beach Lovers Europe Itinerary

• Day 1-5: Athens, Greece
• Day 6-10: Nice, France
• Day 11-15: Barcelona, Spain
• Day 16-21: Lisbon, Portugal

DAY 1-5: Athens, Greece

Your beach tour kicks off in Athens , Greece. From the historic Parthenon to the mesmerizing beaches of the Athenian Riviera, there’s a wealth of experiences waiting.

Soak up the sun at Astir Beach Club, go shopping in the Plaka district, or learn about Ancient Greece at the National Archaeology Museum .

DAY 6-10: Nice, France

Catch a flight to the glamorous city of Nice, France. The city’s stunning beaches on the French Riviera , such as Blue Beach or Opera Plage, are an ideal spot to unwind.

DAY 11-15: Barcelona, Spain

Next, head to Barcelona, a city renowned for its urban beaches and Gothic architecture. Head to Barceloneta Beach in the city center, explore La Boquería market, and marvel at Gaudi’s famous works.

DAY 16-21: Lisbon, Portugal

End your trip in the fabulous city of Lisbon . There are beautiful beaches in the surrounding region, perfect for day trips.

Head to the Belém district where you can learn about famous Portuguese explorers, wander the courtyard of a 16th-century monastery, and sample the famous custard tarts at Pastéis de Belém . Climb to St. George’s Castle for stunning city views.

Visit Cascais, Costa da Caparica, or Sintra for some time at the beach.

Best Time to Visit Mediterranean Beaches

The summer months, from June to August, are ideal for this itinerary, ensuring sunny weather for the ultimate beach relaxation. However, for smaller crowds, opt for late spring (May) or early fall (September).

7. The Baltics: Lithuania, Latvia, Estonia

Are you an adventurous traveler that loves exploring lesser-known destinations? The Baltic route , traversing through Lithuania, Latvia, and Estonia, could be your ideal itinerary.

Each of these Northern European countries boasts a unique character, abundant with medieval charm, unspoiled natural landscapes, and a distinct cultural vibrancy.

Embarking on this 3-week journey offers you a chance to uncover Europe’s hidden gems.

Best of the Baltics

• Day 1-5: Vilnius, Lithuania
• Day 6-10: Riga, Latvia
• Day 11-15: Tartu, Estonia
• Day 16-21: Tallinn, Estonia

DAY 1-5: Vilnius, Lithuania

Begin your journey in the captivating city of Vilnius, Lithuania’s capital. The city’s Old Town, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, is filled with Baroque architecture set against the backdrop of cobblestone streets.

While here, explore the grandeur of Vilnius Cathedral, climb the Gediminas’ Tower for a sweeping view of the city, and pay a visit to the Bohemian neighborhood of Užupis.

Round off your Lithuanian adventure by tasting traditional dishes like cepelinai (potato dumplings) and kibinai (pastries filled with mutton and onion).

DAY 6-10: Riga, Latvia

Set course for Riga, Latvia’s capital, next. Riga’s skyline is dotted with spires reflecting its rich Art Nouveau heritage.

Wander through the picturesque Old Town, stand in awe of the Riga Cathedral’s beauty, and explore the bustling Central Market. Be sure to sample local specialties such as rye bread and smoked fish.

For a refreshing break, head to the pristine beaches of Jūrmala, just a short trip from the city center.

DAY 11-15: Tartu, Estonia

The next stop is Tartu, Estonia’s second-largest city, renowned as the country’s cultural and intellectual hub.

Visit the University of Tartu, the oldest university in Estonia, and stroll around Toome Hill Park, the city’s green heart.

Tartu’s Old Town is a blend of historical buildings and a vibrant street culture. Treat yourself to the local cuisine, particularly the Sült (jellied meat) and Kama (a traditional dessert).

DAY 16-21: Tallinn, Estonia

The final leg of your journey brings you to Tallinn, one of the best-preserved medieval cities in Europe.

Stroll the Old Town and admire the old buildings and stone towers, and be sure to visit the grand Alexander Nevsky Cathedral.

Explore the seafaring history at the Maritime Museum in the Seaplane Harbour, and relax in one of the city’s many parks.

Best Time to Visit The Baltic Capitals

To enjoy the Baltics in all their glory, consider visiting between May and September. The weather is typically mild and the landscapes are in full bloom. Summer days extend into long, light-filled evenings, perfect for exploring.

8. Christmas Market Tour: Germany, France, Switzerland, and Austria

Nothing encapsulates the magic of the holiday season quite like the traditional Christmas markets of Europe . 

This specially curated tour takes you through the heart of four countries that really celebrate the holiday season – Germany, France, Switzerland, and Austria. 

Each of these destinations boasts its own unique festive traditions, tantalizing local delicacies, and colorful markets, transforming your 3-week journey into a dreamy holiday extravaganza.

Christmas Market Highlights

• Day 1-5: Frankfurt, Germany
• Day 6-10: Strasbourg, France
• Day 11-15: Zurich, Switzerland
• Day 16-21: Innsbruck, Austria

DAY 1-5: Frankfurt, Germany

Begin your holiday journey in Frankfurt, home to one of Germany’s largest and oldest Christmas markets.

Held in the historic Römerberg Square, this market comes alive with over 200 beautifully decorated stalls offering a variety of gifts, from intricate Christmas decorations to handmade crafts.

Treat yourself to traditional German holiday specialties, such as lebkuchen (gingerbread), stollen (fruit bread), and a warm glass of apple wine.

Don’t miss a chance to enjoy the view of the market from above by climbing up the tower of St. Nicholas Church.

DAY 6-10: Strasbourg, France

Board a train to Strasbourg, lovingly known as the “Capital of Christmas.” Its Christmas market, dating back to 1570, now extends beyond the area surrounding Strasbourg Cathedral into the rest of the city.

As you wander through the 300 stalls, sample traditional Alsatian Christmas delicacies, including bretzels (pretzels), spiced biscuits, and vin chaud (mulled wine).

Take a stroll through La Petite France, the city’s historic district, adorned with decorations and lights. It’s a romantic place to explore any time of day or night.

DAY 11-15: Zurich, Switzerland

Zurich ‘s Christmas markets transform the city during the holiday season. Not-to-miss markets include the Christkindlimarkt at the main train station and the Wienachtsdorf near the water.

Another favorite is the singing Christmas tree and market that offers various performers throughout the season sharing their favorite Christmas carols.

Don’t miss a stroll along the Bahnhofstrasse, one of the world’s most exclusive shopping avenues. Climb Lindenhof Hill or the steps of Grossmünster Cathedral for beautiful city views. Be sure to sample Swiss fondue and chocolate during your visit.

DAY 16-21: Innsbruck, Austria

In the heart of the Austrian Alps lies Innsbruck, a true winter wonderland. With twinkling lights, snow-covered roofs, and majestic mountains, it’s an idyllic setting for the city’s Christmas markets.

Families should explore historic landmarks like the Golden Roof and St. Anne’s Column. For those wanting adventure, the nearby Nordkette mountain range offers winter activities like skiing, snowboarding, and tobogganing. The breathtaking panoramic views from the cable car are sure to take everyone’s breath away.

Be sure to indulge in traditional Austrian delights like freshly baked strudel, warm chestnuts, and gingerbread cookies.

Innsbruck’s Christmas markets create a magical backdrop for families exploring Europe during the holiday season.

When is the Best Time to Visit the Christmas Markets 

The best time to visit Europe’s Christmas markets is from the end of November through December. During this time the markets are in full operation, and the European cities are filled with holiday spirit.

9. Highlights of the British Isles: England, Scotland, Wales, and Ireland

Culturally and geographically diverse, a three-week itinerary through these cities and their surroundings is an unforgettable experience. This trip appeals to history buffs, outdoor enthusiasts, and anyone who loves the blending of the past and present that the British Isles have to offer. UK family holidays are made for all types of travelers.

These nations have a common history but each has a unique story to tell.

This 3-week exploration through England, Scotland, Wales, and Ireland promises to delight every member of the family.

Best of the British Isles

• Day 6-10: Cardiff, Wales
• Day 11-15: Dublin, Ireland
• Day 16-21: Edinburgh, Scotland

We think London is the perfect blend of history, culture, and entertainment. It won’t be a struggle to spend 5 days in this gorgeous city.

Visit iconic landmarks like the Tower of London and Buckingham Palace, explore the British Museum, and find time to relax in Hyde Park or Regents Park.

The West End delights with kid-friendly shows like Matilda and The Lion King .

Day trips to the Harry Potter Studio Tour or Windsor Castle shouldn’t be missed. It’s easy to navigate London transportation or explore on foot.

DAY 6-10: Cardiff, Wales

Day 6 you’ll head to Cardiff, a vibrant city in Wales, just under 3 hours by train.

Begin with Cardiff Castle, where kids can be enchanted by the fairy-tale towers and explore all of its nooks and crannies. Bute Park offers tranquil walks and St. Fagans National Museum of History will teach everyone about Welsh heritage.

If you want to explore beyond Cardiff, we recommend day trips to Castle Coch and Caerphilly Castle.

DAY 11-15: Dublin, Ireland

There are a few options for traveling from Cardiff to Dublin. One is to travel to the northern part of Wales where you can catch a ferry from Holyhead to Dublin. It takes about 2.5 hours. If you don’t want to make the drive, there are non-stop flights between Cardiff and Dublin on Ryanair.

Dublin offers history, culture, and a lot of green space. Don’t miss the EPIC Irish Emigration Museum and the national museums which are all free.

Take a stroll through Phoenix Park or St. Stephen’s Green. Learn about Ireland’s political history at Kilmainham Gaol. Kids and adults alike will also enjoy a tour of Guinness Storehouse where you can grab a bite to eat, sample draft beer, and take in city views from the Gravity Bar.

DAY 16-21: Edinburgh, Scotland

Finish this itinerary in Edinburgh , an easy one-hour flight from Dublin. The city has a rich history, stunning architecture, and amazing summer festivals. Be sure to explore Edinburgh Castle and Holyrood Palace to learn about British royalty and their Scottish connections.

Shop along the Royal Mile, hike up Arthur’s Seat for panoramic views or take a city ghost tour . No matter what you choose, Edinburgh is sure to please all ages.

What is the Best Time to Visit the British Isles?

To fully enjoy this itinerary, we recommend visiting from April to June or September to October. During these times the weather may be cold and rainy, or warm and sunny. It’s very unpredictable, but you will enjoy fewer crowds, which is always a bonus.

10. Eastern Europe Route: Germany, Poland, Hungary, and Romania

Embark on an unexplored journey to Eastern Europe, where history comes alive in the stunning architecture, ancient cities, and rich cultural traditions of Germany, Poland, Hungary, and Romania. 

This 3-week journey offers an authentic, immersive experience that breaks away from the typical tourist paths.

Eastern Europe Explorer

• Day 1-5: Berlin, Germany
• Day 6-10: Warsaw, Poland
• Day 11-15: Budapest, Hungary
• Day 16-21: Bucharest, Romania

DAY 1-5: Berlin, Germany

First up on this itinerary is Berlin, a city that has witnessed pivotal moments in modern history. Reflect on the Cold War era as you explore remnants of the Berlin Wall. Visit the Brandenburg Gate, an iconic symbol of European unity and peace.

Explore Museum Island, a UNESCO World Heritage site housing five of Berlin’s most important museums. The Pergamon has a vast collection of antiquities, and the Neues Museum has the famous bust of Nefertiti.

Round off your stay in Berlin with a visit to the historic Alexanderplatz and the Berlin Cathedral.

DAY 6-10: Warsaw, Poland

Next up is Warsaw, the resilient capital of Poland. Walk along the Royal Route, witnessing centuries-old palaces, churches, and statues. Tour the meticulously restored Royal Castle, home to numerous works of art. 

Visit Wilanów Palace, a pearl of Polish Baroque architecture surrounded by magnificent gardens. 

Learn about the city’s wartime past at the Warsaw Uprising Museum and the POLIN Museum of the History of Polish Jews . 

Indulge in traditional Polish dishes, from comforting pierogi dumplings to the hearty hunter’s stew, bigos.

DAY 11-15: Budapest, Hungary

From Warsaw head to Budapest, Hungary’s illustrious capital, known for its thermal baths and art nouveau architecture. 

Visit Buda Castle, situated on Castle Hill, with fabulous views of the Danube and the Pest side of the city. 

Explore Gellért and Széchenyi Thermal Baths for a relaxing, quintessential Budapest experience. 

DAY 16-21: Bucharest, Romania

Finish your Eastern European odyssey in Bucharest, Romania. Visit the colossal Palace of the Parliament, the world’s heaviest building created by the notorious former dictator Nicolae Ceaușescu. Families will be pleasantly surprised by all of the fun things to do in Bucharest with kids .

Explore the historic Lipscani district, where cobblestone streets are lined with bustling cafes, bohemian boutiques, and vibrant nightlife. 

Spend time in Herastrau Park, or take a trip to the Village Museum showcasing traditional Romanian village life. 

If you have time, take a day trip to Transylvania to see a different side of Romania.

What is the Best Time to Visit Eastern Europe?

We recommend exploring this Eastern European route during the shoulder seasons, specifically between April and June or September and October. These periods promise pleasant weather and fewer crowds, making it the perfect opportunity to explore these unique destinations.

How to Plan a 3 Week Europe Itinerary

1. decide where you want to go.

Define what you want to get out of the trip. Is your group interested in history, art, food, adventure, relaxation, or a mix of these? Your interests will guide your choice of destinations

2. Choose your destinations wisely

Research various countries and cities to find ones that match your interests. Aim for a balance between popular spots and lesser-known destinations for a well-rounded experience.

3. How many countries should I visit in Europe in 3 weeks?

This is a personal choice. How often do you want to move accommodation? For three weeks in Europe, we recommend 3 to 4 different locations. Note that travel time between locations can significantly reduce the actual time you have for exploration.

If it is your first time visiting Europe be sure to leave enough time to make connections. Opt for destinations that are closer together or well-connected by efficient transport networks.

4. How Much to Pack for 3 Weeks in Europe

For such a long trip we recommend liming luggage to the essentials . Choose items that mix and match and pack layers.

The weather can vary greatly across Europe, so be sure to check the weather during your trip and pack appropriately.

If it’s an option, book accommodation with a washer and/or dryer so you can pack fewer clothes. Remember, you’ll probably pick up a few souvenirs along the way.

5. Don’t over plan your trip

While it’s tempting to try and see everything, cramming too many activities or cities into your itinerary can lead to burnout. Allow for downtime and spontaneous exploration, especially when traveling with younger kids. Flexibility is key.

6. Research Visa Requirements

Some countries may require visas for entry, so ensure that you’re aware of these requirements and prepare accordingly.

*Note: Starting in 2024, Americans will need authorization through ETIAS to visit 30 European countries. For more information, we recommend this website .

7. How Far in Advance to Book a Trip to Europe

This really depends on your schedule and availability. It also depends on the time of year you plan to travel.

We recommend booking flights and accommodations at least 6 months in advance to get your first choices. Be sure to book your intercity train or plane tickets at the same time.

If there are any must-see attractions or experiences on your list, be sure to book those in advance to prevent disappointment.

8. Purchase Travel Insurance

I’ve had to file two claims in the last two years and I wouldn’t recommend traveling without insurance right now. Travel insurance can provide coverage for unexpected situations such as medical emergencies, trip cancellations, or lost luggage.

9. How to Stay Connected in Europe

Consider your options for staying connected, such as getting a local SIM card or portable WiFi. Each carrier offers different coverage. T-Mobile offers an international calling plan, whereas Verizon and AT&T offer a daily rate. Another option is to set phones to airplane mode and use Wi-Fi when available.

Recently we discovered eSIM cards which are very easy to use. Just download the app to your phone and connect through it. We used Airalo and felt it was a great option.

10. How much should I budget for 3 weeks in Europe ?

Unfortunately, it’s not a set number. Nordic countries are typically more expensive than the rest of Europe. Southern countries like Greece, Portugal, and Spain are relatively inexpensive as are the former Yugoslavian countries, Bulgaria, and Romania.

Depending on your travel style and how many people are traveling with you, I think it’s safe to plan on $1000 minimum per week.

Research and plan your budget carefully. You’ll need to be sure to account for transportation, accommodation, food, attractions, and tours at a minimum. We recommend you always carry emergency cash just in case.

Wrap-Up: 3 Week Europe Itinerary

Planning your three-week European adventure can be as exciting as the journey itself.

Whether you’re drawn to the allure of famous landmarks or the charm of hidden gems, there’s an itinerary to fit your interests. Relax in small towns or soak up big-city energy. Europe is a great place to learn about a variety of cultures, sample some amazing cuisine, and check some highlights off your travel bucket list.

Remember to plan thoroughly yet stay flexible, savor each moment, and embrace the unexpected. The memories you’ll create are sure to be priceless. 

This continent’s beauty is unmatched, its heritage profound, and its allure is irresistible. 

About the author: This article was co-written by Kirsten of Kids Are A Trip and Fiona, an Australian Travel Blogger at  Travelling Thirtie s . She has spent the last 13 years traveling Europe extensively and discovered the best ways to spend 21 days in Europe. Kirsten has traveled throughout Europe annually for the last 30 years.

The post 3 Week Europe Itinerary: 10 Perfect Ideas appeared first on Kids Are A Trip™ .

• Car Rentals
• Airport Transfers
• Attractions & Tours
• Bundle & Save
• Destinations
• Trip.com Rewards

Amsterdam Techno Sessions w/ Max Gardner (Peer Audio - Direct To Earth) San Francisco - U.S.A | Club John Doe

Experience a night of top-tier techno vibes at the upcoming Amsterdam Techno Sessions featuring Max Gardner from Peer Audio and Direct To Earth in San Francisco, U.S.A. This event will take place at Club John Doe in Amsterdam on April 25th and 26th, 2024. Immerse yourself in pulsating beats and electric vibes as you dance to the finest techno music straight from San Francisco. Max Gardner's performance promises to guide attendees through a journey of the best techno sounds, making this event a must-not-miss for techno enthusiasts. Secure your spot for this exceptional event for only €11.20 and get ready to groove to the mesmerizing tunes all night long.

Provided by Buzz aldrin | Published Apr 17, 2024

Are you interested in Amsterdam Techno Sessions w/ Max Gardner (Peer Audio - Direct To Earth) San Francisco - U.S.A?

Recommended products for amsterdam techno sessions w/ max gardner (peer audio - direct to earth) san francisco - u.s.a | club john doe, waldorf astoria amsterdam, conservatorium hotel, van gogh museum, rijksmuseum, moscow  amsterdam, hotel twentyseven - small luxury hotels of the world, pulitzer amsterdam, intercontinental amstel amsterdam, canals of amsterdam, royal palace amsterdam, amsterdam canal cruises, more contents about amsterdam.

• Customer Support
• Service Guarantee
• More Service Info
• Website Feedback
• About Trip.com
• Terms & Conditions
• Privacy Statement
• About Trip.com Group

Other Services

• Investor Relations
• Affiliate Program
• List My Property
• Become a Supplier